Аракин Владимир Дмитриевич

Татищева Елена Сергеевна

Практический курс английского языка 2 курс. Ключи

Е.С. Татищева

УПРАЖНЕНИЯ,

ЗАДАНИЯ:

КЛЮЧИ

К УЧЕБНИКУ

«Практический курс английского языка»

под редакцией Б.Д. Аракина

2 КУРС

Гуманитарный издательский центр ВЛАДОС

Москва

2005

УДК 811.111(076.2) ББК 81.2Англ-923 Т23

Татищева Е.С.

Т23 Упражнения, задания: ключи к учебнику «Практи ческий курс английского языка. 2 курс» под редакцией В.Д. Аракина/Е.С. Татищева. — М. : Гуманитар, изд центр ВЛАДОС, 2005. — 197 с. ISBN 5-691-01371-8.

Агентство CIP РГБ.

В пособии представлены ключи ко всем упражнениям учебни ка, кроме творческих заданий. Во многих случаях переводы как русского языка на английский, так и с английского на русски даны в нескольких возможных вариантах.

Пособие предназначено для студентов и преподавателей фило логических факультетов. Оно будет полезно всем, изучающим ан глийский язык.

УДК 811.111.(076.2 ББК 81.2 Англ-92:

© Татищева Е.С,, 2004 © ООО «Гуманитарный издательский цент

ВЛАДОС», 2004 © Серийное оформление обложки. ООО «Гу

манитарный издательский центр ВЛАДОС»

2004

© Макет. ООО «Гуманитарный издательски] ISBN 5-691-01371-8

центр ВЛАДОС», 2004

предисловие

В пособии содержатся ключи практически ко всем грамматическим упражнениям и ко всем упражнениям из основной части учебника английского языка под редакцией И.Д. Аракина.

Владение данными ключами избавит вас от необходимости «перерывать» словари и терзаться сомнениями: правильно ли я перевел текст или нет? Конечно, обратиться к данному пособию следует лишь после того, как будут самостоятельно сделаны упражнения. Ключ — это не шпаргалка, а всего лишь хороший способ проверить себя самого до того, как сдать домашнюю работу преподавателю.

Все полезные замечания и предложения, которые вы пришлете в издательство, будут учтены в следующих изданиях.

Успехов вам в учебе!

Автор

ESSENTIALCOURSE

UNIT ONE

Ex. I, p. 8

1. If the boy were hungry, I would/should give him somethinj to eat. 2. If the supper were ready, we should/would sit down t table. 3. If I got a good mark for my composition, I would/shouh be happy. 4. If Mary had more free time, she would read more 5. If the weather changed, we would/should go boating. 6. If had no opportunity to see him, I would/should be very sorry. 7.1 itdidnt rain, Iwouldnt/shouldnthave to taltemy umbrella witi me. 8. If she finished everything on Friday, she wouldnt have t< work on Saturday. 9. If you caught a cold, you would have to sta] at home. 10. If the child didnt do what I told him, I would/shouh have to punish him.

Ex. Ill, p. 9

l.The students liked the idea of working in the lab twice . week. 2. We liked the idea of visiting our sick friend. 3. Th children liked the idea of going on an excursion. 4. We didn like the idea of staying indoors all day long. 5. Dont you like the idea of going to the theatre tonight? 6. All of us liked the idea о arranging a party at our University. 8. We liked the idea of going to the cinema after the lessons.

Ex. IV, p. 9

1. If I werent tired, I would walk about/around (go and, look about/around) the city. 2. We wouldnt go to this performance tomorrow if it werent the first night. 3. If I didnt live so far, I would visit you more often. 4. If he spoke louder the audience would listen to him with more interest. 5. If she had a bad memory, she wouldnt be able to memorize so many figures at a time. 6.1 would like the idea of going to the Crimea/ I wouldnt mind going to the Crimea if it werent so hot there now. 7. We all liked his idea of meeting at the beginning of the academic year.

Ex. Ill, p. 19

grow — grew, grown

creep — crept, crept — ползти, тайком пробираться

bear — bore, born — терпеть, выносить

break — broke, broken

keep — kept, kept

think — thought, thought

leap — leapt, leapt { lept]/leaped, leaped — прыгать

mean — meant, meant { ment]

fall — fell, fallen

find — found, found

feel — felt, felt

say — said, said

cling — clung, clung — прижиматься

hear — heard, heard

meet — met.-met

run — ran, run

show — showed, shown

differ — differed, differing

prefer — preferred, preferring

murmur murmured, murmuring

appear — appeared, appearing

occur — occurred, occurring

recover— recovered, recovering

remember — remember, remembering

chatter — chattered, chattering — болтать, вести пустой

разговор; трещать, тараторить; стучать refer — referred, referring stir — stirred, stirring

water — watered, watering — 1. поливать; 2. слезиться fear — feared, fearing offer — offered, offering

drag — dragged, dragging — тащить (волоком), волочить wag — wagged, wagging — вилять (хвостом) plan — planned, planning

chat — chatted, chatting — болтать, непринужденно беседовать, говорить о том о сем slip — slipped, slipping beg — begged, begging

PAGE6 Essential Course

Unit One 7

dependence

independence

difference

indifference

existence

insistence

occurrence

Ex. IV, p. 20

acceptance resemblance attendance performance

a)

Ex. V, p. 20

The suffixes-ed and –y are used to form adjectives. Freckled is derived from freckle and means веснушчатый Nosed is derived from nose and means носатый. It is als

i til 1 Т i n АМН и „..j*T</emphasis>.. * гЧ

wavy (wave) — волнистый

stony (stone) — h каменистый; 2. каменный, безжалостный, холодный (stony heart — каменное сердце) .

Ex. VIII, p. 21

inconvenient, inconvenience; discomfort, uncomfortable; ndependent, independence; indifferent, indifference; unable, ncapable; unimportant; inexperienced/unexperienced; ilisobedient; misunderstanding (недоразумение); dishonesty

Ex. IXa, p. 21

Can you remember your first day at school? It was probably mtlier confusing. I am sure you ran after your mother thinking

isosea is derived from nose and means носатый. It is als rather confusing. 1 am sure you ran alter your mouier uinming widely used in compounds: long-nosed — длинноносый– snub »lic was deserting you.When the child goes to school on his first ппквЛ — ийяиляйй! ></emphasis> » * i… ui</emphasis>t</emphasis>v,;o m ^(-Vin»– Ionian or Tht> *ряр>1йг must convince

nosed — курносый; aquiline-nosed —имеющий нос с горбинкой hook-nosed — крючконосый; red-nosed — красноносый; hard nosed — (US) сугубо практичный, реалистичный, etc.).

Haired is derived from hair and means волосатый, покры тыи волосами. It is widely used in compounds meaning имею щии такие-то волосы: long-haired — длинноволосый; dark haired — темноволосый; fair-haired — светловолосый, red haired — рыжий, etc.

Winged is derived from wing and means крылатый, имею щий крылья (winged words — крылатые слова). It can be use< to form compounds: white-winged — белокрылый, etc.

Horned is derived from horn and means рогатый. It cai also be used to form compounds: long-horned – длиннорогий etc

Bearded is derived from beard and means бородатый. It cai be used to form compounds too: black-bearded — чернобород

etc.

Feathered is derived from feather and means пернатый, on ренный, украшенный перьями. It can also be part of compound long-feathered, bright-feathered, etc.

b) watery (water) — 1. водянистый; 2. бледный, бесцветный; 3. слезящийся

skinny (skin) — тощий, «кожа да кости» grassy (grass) — травянистый, поросший травой silky (silk) — шелковистый bony (bone) — костлявый, костистый branchy (branch) — ветвистый

ыи

е s:

dny, he has to watch his mother leaving. The teacher must convince him that at the end of the day his mother and home will still be there. It is difficult to make the newcomer join in a game or a walk. A new life, completely different from what he is used to begins.

The mothers are as upset as their children. They hang on with their eyes fixed on their children and dislike leaving them to their fat§.

The best way to deal with the situation is to get the child used to the idea of school, to help him in every way. Much depends on the parents. At the beginning of the term the mother should take Iicl child to see the teacher and to look about/around/round the icliool. The first day should be something to look forward to and not in be feared.

Ex. X, p. 22

1.1 looked (up, down) at the opposite house but saw no lights In ils windows. — Я посмотрел (вверх, вниз) на дом напротив, но не увидел в его окнах ни единого огонька.

Не looked at me but didnt recognize me. — Он посмотрел ни меня, но не узнал.

Не stared at me as if I had asked him to do something Impossible. — Он уставился на меня так, словно я попросил его совершить что-то невыполнимое.

Не stared at the fire, deep in thought. — Погруженный в сини мысли, он безучастно смотрел на огонь.

Hes very fond of this picture, he can gaze at it for hours. — Он пченьлюбит эту картину и может смотреть на нее часами.

PAGE8 Essential Course

Unit One 9

The lovers stood with their hands clasped, gazing into eac others eyes. — Влюбленные стояли, взявшись за руки и гл дя в глаза друг друга.

I looked about but saw no people anywhere. — Я огляделс но нигде не увидел ни одного человека.

Look ahead! — Смотри вперед!

Look outl — Берегись!/Осторожно!

Look through those documents, please. — Просмотри, no жалуйста, те документы.

Ill look after the child. — Я присмотрю за ребенком.

Dont forget to look after the flowers when Im away. — H< забывай ухаживать за цветами, пока я буду в отъезде.

Ive been looking for you since the very morning. — Я pa эыскиваю тебя с самого утра.

John looked forward to seeing Mario and his wife. — Джо предвкушал встречу/с нетерпением ожидал встречи с Mapml и его женой.

Students always look forward to their holidays. – Студен ты всегда с нетерпением ждут каникул.

Look here, wouldt it be better to stay indoors in such nastj weather? – Послушай, может, в такую мерзкую погоду луч ше посидеть дома?

Не looks sad. — У него печальный вид.

The child looks ill/well. — Ребенок выглядит больным/здо ровым.

She looks like a real teacher. — Она похожа на настоящую учительницу.

It looks like rain. — Похоже, будет дождь./Кажется, дождь собирается.

Note:-.

Не looks young for his age. – Он выглядит молодо для своих лет.

She looks beautiful in this dress. – В этом платье она выглядит красавицей.

She looks a child. — Она выглядит ребенком.

She seems (to be) clever. – Она кажется у мной./Похоже, она умна.

This village seems (to be) quite small now. — Теперь эта деревушка кажется совсем маленькой.

Не seems (to be) well educated. — Похоже, он хорошо образован.

There was something strange in his look. — В его взгляде было что-то странное.

Lanny returned the mans stare but didnt utter a word. — Ленни ответил ему таким же пристальным взглядом, но не

произнес ни слова. t

The girl blushed when she noticed the stranger s fixed gnze. — Заметив пристальный взгляд незнакомца, девушка покраснела.

Have a look at this photo, do you recognize the man? — Посмотрите на фотографию: вы узнаете этого человека?

Note: –■-

I dont knOw his point of view on/views on/ idea(s) of/opinion

of this subject. — Мне неизвестна(-ы) его точка зрения /взгля-

ды|/мнение по этому вопросу.

A look of pleasure came to her face. — На ее лице появилось

довольное выражение.

There was an angry look in her eyes. — В ее глазах читался

гнев.

2. The two brothers differ in their tastes. — У этих двух братьев разные вкусы.

His plan differs from all the others. — Его план отличается

от всех остальных.

I differ from/with you in this matter. — По этому вопросу я

v. нами не согласен.

Не is quite different from what I thought him to be. — Он гонсем не такой, как я думал.

I want a different kind of book this time. — На этот раз мне бы хотелось книгу другого рода.

But: I prefer books of a different kind. — Я предпочитаю книги другого рода.

Our views on life are different.—Унасразныевзглядына

жизнь.

Our tastes are alike. — Наши вкусы похожи. A department store sells many different things. — В уни-нермагах продается множество различных товаров.

PAGE10 Essential Course

Every day our students get different written assignments. –Каждый день наши студенты получают различные письмен ные задания.

The difference between our views is not very great. — Раз личие между нашими взглядами не так уж и велико.

I dont find much difference in the styles of these writers. –Я не вижу большой разницы в стилях этих писателей.

It wont make much difference whether we do it today 01 tomorrow. — Сегодня мы это сделаем или завтра — разнит небольшая.

You may stay or leave, it makes no difference to me. — Xo чешь, оставайся, хочешь, уезжай — мне все равно.

3. Не rested for an hour before going on with his work. — Перед тем как продолжить работу, он часок отдохнул.

She likes to rest after dinner. — Она любит полежать /спокойно отдохнуть после обеда.

They stopped to rest their horses. — Они остановились, чтобы дать отдых лошадям.

The roof rests on eight columns. — Крыша опирается на восемь колонн.

There is always a cloud resting at the top of this mountain. — Вершина этой горы всегда окутана облаком.

Her fingers touched his forehead and rested there. — Она приложила пальцы к его лбу./Ее пальцы коснулись его лба и задержались там.

She sat with her elbows resting on the table. — Она сидела, положив локти на стол.

Rest is necessary after work. — После работы необходим отдых.

I had a good nights rest. — Ночью я хорошо спал.

We had several rests on our way up the mountains. — Поднимали, в горы, мы сделали несколько остановок, чтобы передохнуть.

4. have you written all the exercises? — No, only half of them. The rest (of the exercises) may be done orally. — Ты сделал все упражнения? — Нет, только половину. Остальные можно сделать устно.

Only five of us were present at the lesson. The rest (of the group) went to the meeting. — Только пятеро из нас присутствовали на уроке. Остальные пошли на собрание./Остальная часть группы пошла на собрание.

Unit One 11

Ill take an apple and you may take the rest. — Я возьму яблоко, а ты можешь взять все остальное.

5. a comfortable chair, room, bed, house — удобный стул, уютная комната, удобная кровать, уютный/удобный/комфортабельный дом

Im sure, youll be very comfortable there. — Уверен, там вам будет очень удобно.

comfortable words — утешительные слова

Mr. Murdoch made himself comfortable in a chair and ordered a strong black coffee. — Мистер Мэрдок устроился поудобнее на стуле и заказал крепкий черный кофе.

The news brought comfort to all of us. — Эта новость была для всех нас утешением.

Не was a great comfort to his parents. — Он очень поддерживал своих родителей.

Note:-

convenient time, method tool, place — удобное(-ый) время,

способ, инструмент, место

Will this bus be convenient to/for you? — Этот автобус тебе

подойдет?

Lets arrange a convenient time and place for the conference. — Давайте договоримся об удобном месте и времени для проведения конференции.

at your earliest convenience — как только вы сможете; как можно скорее (преим. офиц.)

The house has all modern conveniences. — В доме есть все удобства.

в. I ran all the way for fear of being late. — Я бежал всю дорогу, потому что боялся опоздать.

As soon as we fired, the enemy ran. — Как только мы начали стрелять, враг обратился в бегство.

Trams run on rails. — Трамваи ходят по рельсам.

Motor cars run along ordinary roads. — Легковые автомобили ездят по обычным дорогам.

The buses run every five minutes. — Автобусы ходят/курсируют каждые пять минут.

12 Essential Course

Unit One 13

По улице бежал

Torrents of water ran down the street, потоки воды.

Rivers run into the sea. — Реки впадают в моря.

Dont you hear the water running in the kitchen? — Неуже ли ты не слышишь, как в кухне льется из крана вода?

If you have a bad cold, your nose runs. — При сильной про студе течет из носа.

For several miles the road ran across a plain. — Нескольк миль дорога шла по равнине.

Note:--

The forest stretched to the south for many miles. — Лес про стирался на юг на много миль.

So the story runs. — Так говорится в рассказе./Так расска зывают.

The story runs… — Рассказывают… Our car ran into the bus. — Наша машина врезалась в авто

бус.

I ran into a friend of mine on my way home. — По дорог домой я случайно встретился с другом.

The other day I ran across a very interesting article in th. newspaper. — На днях я натолкнулся в газете на очень интересную статью.

But for the skill of the driver the man would have been ru over by the bus. — Если бы не умелые действия водителя, о попал бы под колеса автобуса.

7. I couldnt join (together) the two halves of the vase because a small piece was missing. — Я не мог сложить дв. половинки вазы вместе, потому что не хватало маленького кусочка.

Where do the two streams join (each other)? — Где сливают ся эти два потока?

Note:--

The island was joined to the mainland with a bridge. — Ост

ров соединялся с материком мостом.

We united all our forces to drive the enemy out of tin

country. — Мы объединили все наши силы, чтобы изгнать вра

га с территории нашей страны.

Workers of the world, unite! — Пролетарии всех стран, соединяйтесь!

The United Nations Organization (UNO) was formed in 1945 in San Francisco. — Организация Объединенных Наций была гоздапа в Сан-Франциско в 1945 году.

Will you join me in my walk? — Ты не погуляешь со мной?

Well join you in a few minutes. — Мы присоединимся к тебе через несколько минут.

If I were you, I should join this club. — На твоем месте я вступил бы в члены этого клуба.

Не wastwenty-two when he joined the army. — Ему было двадцать два года, когда он пошел в армию.

8. We depend on newspapers for information about world events. — О том, что происходит в мире, мы узнаем из газет.

Не depends on his sister for a living. — Он живет за счет своей сестры.

You can depend upon the man. — На этого человека можно положиться.

I depend on you to do it. — Я рассчитываю, что ты это сделаешь.

Can I depend on this time-table or is it an old one? — Этому расписанию можно верить или оно устарело?

Will you finish your work on time? — It depends. — Ты закончишь работу в назначенный срок? — Смотря по обстоятельствам. /Как получится.

Ex. XI, р. 22

1. Its impolite to stare at people like that. 2. A big crowd Htood on the pavement staring at a broken car. 3. No wonder people stand gazing at this picture for hours: its beautiful. 4. The little boys stood staring at each other ready to start a fight. 5. Look at her: again she is staring out of the window with that Ht range expression of hers. 6. When I looked at her eyes, I guessed t lint she had cried. 7.TheGreek myth runs that Narcissus stared/ Kiized at his own reflection in the water until he fell in love with it. 8. He stood gazing around as if he tried to impress on his memory everything he saw.

Essential Course

Ex. XII, p. 22

■) l.The weather seems quite warm though its only 5 "C abov zero. 2. The children look tired, but they seem greatly please) with the trip, dont they? 3. The host and the hostess look a bi old-fashioned, but they seem to be hospitable and friendly. 4. Sh seems to be very light-minded, but she only looks it, in fact sh is a very serious and hard-working student. 5. My brother say) that people usually look what they are and I believe that peoph are very often quite different from what they seem to be.

b) 1. The teacher tried to explain the rule in a different way and I understood it at once. 2. The schoolboy returned the book he had read and asked for another book, but of a different kind, he said, as he wanted to have a rest from detective stories. 3.1 askec for a pair of shoes of a different kind, but the shop-girl said tha the rest of the shoes were not my size.

c) 1. A small stream runs along the road. 2. These steppes stretch to the south for miles and miles. 3. The path ran across the field for a mile and then was lost in the forest. 4. No matter how hard 1 looked, I saw only a vast plain stretching before me. 5. The ugly scar ran right across the mans left cheek. 6. For how many kilometres does this forest stretch?

d) 1. I like to sleep on a camp-bed, I find it very comfortable. 2.1 believe Friday the only convenient day for our meeting, we have only four lectures on that day. 3. Though the flat was rather comfortable, warm, light and cosy, it was not convenient for our work as it was rather small. 4. These shoes are very convenient for wear in wet weather as they have rubber soles.

e) 1. The two streams join at the foot of the mountain. 2. United we stand, divided we fall. 3. One by one the children joined in the game. 4. The partisans detachment joined the regular army and the enemy lost the battle against their joint/united forces. 5. All peace-loving people should unite in their struggle against a new war. 6. Wont you join me in a walk?

Ex. XIII, p. 23

1. It makes no difference. 2. Rivers run into the sea. 3. You cant depend on him. 4. Make yourself comfortable. 5. French is

Unit One PAGE15

different from English in having far more verbal inflexions. 6. He looks ill. 7. Join these points with a line. 8. This street runs east and west. 9. He refused to depend on his parents (for a living). 10. I differ from/with you. 11. Ill run the car into the garage. 12. Will you join us? 13. I ran across/into him in London last week. 14. Look here, Tom! 15. This tool is convenient. 16. These are different people with the same name. 17. Why does Jane keep silent?

Ex. XIV, p. 23

1. Он оглядел комнату и заметил открытую шкатулку с драгоценностями, которую кто-то беспечно оставил на столе. 2. Было что-то странное в ее резком переходе от вчерашнего напряженного ожиданияксегодняшнемубезразличию. 3. Ведин-гтве наша сила. 4. Отец напомнил мне, что я нахожусь на его полном иждивении/в полной зависимости от него. 5. Ему пришлось столкнуться со множеством людей, принадлежащих к другому миру, и они, пожалуй, вызвали у него восхищение и зависть. 6. Я все время действую под влиянием момента/импульсивно, что доставляет неудобства и мне, и другим. 7. Он чувствовадсебя неуютно из-за того, что ему приходится менять планы и придумывать что-то новое. 8. Он сердился на Нору из-;т того, что та не захотела оставить все как есть.

Ex. XIX, р. 25

…There are no children — there are just human beings with n different scale of notions, a different stock of experience, different interests and a different play of feelings. Remember that we dont know them…

All contemporary upbringing of children is aimed at making the child convenient for the adults. Consistently, step by step it strives to lull, to suppress, to wipe out. 11 that makes up the childs will, his freedom, his fortitude and the strength of his demands.

If the child is polite, obedient, sweet and convenient to you, you often give no thought to his becoming a spineless loser in the future…

Have you ever noticed how often you hear your child say. "Shall I open it?" when there is a ring at the door?

In the first place the lock on the entrance door is difficult to cope with, secondly there is a feeling that there, on the other side of the door/beyond the door a grown-up is standing who cannot

PAGE16 Essential Course

Unit One 17

manage on his own and is waiting for you, iittle though you are to help…

Such are the small victories celebrated by a child who i already dreaming of long travels to distant lands. In his dreami he is a Robinson Crusoe on a desert island whereas in reality he i. beside himself with joy even when he is just allowed to look ou of the window.

Ex. XXI, p. 25

1. I looked about and saw that there wasnt a single woodei house left in the village. 2. The old doctor remained the same kinc sincere man that we had known since we were children (since from childhood). 3. There is at least a month to go/a month let before we leave, but we are already looking forward to our holida and making different plans for the summer. 4. Let me know i you decide to stay with your aunt for the rest of the vacations Ill join you then. 5. The only way out left is to ask/There i nothing for it but to ask/There is nothing to be done but to ask-this old woman to look after the children. 6. "Look here, Ill sweep the floor and wash up/wash the dishes and youll do the rest OK?" – "OK /Its a deal!/Deal!" 7. A few players stayed on Die volley-ball pitch, and the rest went to the swimming-pool for a swim. 8. Are you looking for your overcoat? It has been left in the garden. Let me fetch it.

Ex. I, p. 31

a) machines { maJi:riz] appreciate { эpri:J"ieit] humanity { hj u: ms n 11 i ] vital { vaitl] challenge { { fa:lind3] individual { ,individjual] awareness { э wesnts] ignorance{ ig и э гэ n s] fearful rfi9f(3 )]] boredom { badam] medium { mi:diam] accept{aksept] routine{ ru:ti:n] stimulating { stimjuleiiin] variety { va raioti]

) to think privately ~ to think to oneself the most vital job — the most important job a rewarding job — a job that gives satisfaction (but perhaps

not much money) a challenge to your character — something that puts your

character to the test an ignorant teacher — a teacher lacking knowledge or education

a guardian — 1. someone who guards or protects (блюститель, защитник, хранитель); 2. a person who has the legal responsibility of looking after a child that is not their own, especially after the parents death (опекун) thЈ same routine — the same fixed and regular way of

working or doing things stimulating worjt — work that is pleasant because it suggests

or encourages new ideas or ways of thinking to go in for teaching — to take up teaching, to become a teacher

Ex. II, p. 31

,) tomake/takea choice, to havea vocation for smth./to be good i smth., to be interested in smth., to consider teaching as a areer, to appreciate, to be devoted to ones work, to serve humanity, a burning desire to know, respect for smb.; b) to be good at smth., actually, since/as, devoted, admit, rewarding, genuinely, awareness, to destroy.

Ex. УП, p. 33

I. When he was young/In his youth, he studied chemistry at university. 2. Children learn foreign languages easily. 3. I was wry upset when I learned that I hadnt passed the exam. 4. He studied/was studying in his room all/the whole evening. 5. Study this information very carefully: it will help you to make the right choice. 6. My sister is studying to become a lawyer. 7. Unfortunately pe never learned to read and write. 8. You are still to learn how to cope with difficult problems in class.

Ex. IX a), p. 34

Bob: What are you going to take up as a career? John: Architecture. Actually, Ive already started. I began my studies last October.

18 Essential Course

Bob: What are you going to do when yOU fMahV John: Oh, I shall go back horn, andl«nMi« « –«У "« ^

town. Theres a lot of useful work to bn doM thi-rci building

schools, hospitals, homes for the pcoph-.

Bob: What made you decide to tak.. up MChKacture as a

СаГ То? Ьп: Well, I was good at Maths and Ai l «I acl.ool and I

think I had a certain feeling for design. My I…..<1н……<……Wl

me and said I had a bent for architecture.

Bob: I find that some young people fail W btkf up a career

because theyre not sure what they want to do Mid whut career opportunities there are. .„11+ ;aa J oh n: Yes, thats true. But usually your ptntKtal qimhties

show up at school, dont they? Teachers guide nni…..со»rage the

young to take up the careers for which theyre Ыи1 gulled.

Ex. XII, p. 35

1 His love for children made him take up tmchlitic n*.. nirccr/ become a teacher/go in for teaching and he never regret , was so?ry about his choice. 2. It looks like Ill have to сИоож– hetwe n working in a day-care centre/kindergarten/т.гнегу school and gomg t?a teacher-training college. 3. There isnt much vj^ty m myw0 rk,butithasitsadvantages/merits.4b>««r ",l,,that J;^ time it will be difficult for the pupils/schoolch.ldre.i to со» with S task 5 The pupils progress depends to a great ex t«mt/degree t s! progress largely depends) on thik toaoher and his professional skill. 6. Work in a school wil be a chnlonge " Уопт intelligence, tact and a sense of respor.sib.lity/wi 11 re , ire .от you intelligence, tact and a sense of respos.b.l.ty. 7. Aspectxan Learned only by honest work.S.In Britain notevery graduate of a teacher-training college can find a job. 9.1 have h*^*""* a teacher/Ive been in teaching for many years, and 1 ran say that 1 Ј5i find nobler work. 10. My friend chose ^inefora career when he was still at school. He has always been |U1 a that it is the most vital work in the world. 11. My love of music and my meresHn the theory of education made me consider/tlunk about ГсЫпУт !casacLeer.l2.Scbool-leaversoftenlmvedifl u:uty inSing/find it difficult to decide (It is etaMM school-leavers to decide, what trade/profession to –boose In tins case the teachers and the parents can help them to make therigh choice of university. Besides every school has a system of career

Unit One PAGE19

counselling. 13. In this country/In our country teaching has traditionally been one of the most respected professions. 14. What attracts you in teaching?

Ex. XV a), p. 37

Как я был школьным учителем: воспоминания и невзгоды

Стоит ли говорить, что родители учеников играют в жизни учителя не последнюю роль и именно их следует винить во многих его горестях и печалях. Каких только разновидностей родителей я не встречал! Наилучшая из них — это английский отец старой закалки, который приводя сына в школу, говорит тебе: «Если этот парень будет плохо себя вести, задайте ё°му хорошую трепку. Если он и тогда не исправится, дайте мне знать — я приеду и выдеру его сам. Ему положен шиллинг в неделю на карманные расходы, а если потратит больше, вы только дайте мне знать, и я вообще перекрою ему кран».

Жестокие слова, что и говорить, но именно такая речь пробуждает в душе учителя сильнейшее расположение к несчастному ребенку, и когда папаша напоследок бросает: * До свидания, Джек» и дитя дрожащим голоском отвечает: «До свидания, папа», учитель невольно проникается мыслью о том, что надо быть последним мерзавцем, чтобы обидеть маленького страдальца, у которого такой отец.

Иное дело родитель современный, впитавший новомодные идеи. «В общем, я только что дал Джимми пять фунтов, — говорит он учителю тем же самым тоном, каким привык обращаться к какому-нибудь мелкому клерку у себя в конторе, — и объяснил, что, когда ему понадобится еще, нужно сказать вам сходить В банк и снять со счета столько, сколько ему требуется». После чего такой папаша начинает втолковывать тебе, что у Джимми-де самобытная натура и что обходиться с ним надо как нельзя более бережно и тактично. «Мы с женой, — говорит он, — пришли к выводу, что, когда он начинает капризничать/впадает в ярость, лучше сделать, как он хочет, и в скором времени он образумится».

The Russian лого combination "в нашей стране" is often translated into English as in this country", but this phrase can be used only when the speaker is on the territory ol his country. If a Russian says "in this country" when he is in the USA, il wifl mean "in the USA".

PAGE20 Essential Course

В общем и целом из его слов следует, что Джимми можно лишь уговаривать, причем очень мягко, и ни в коем случае не принуждать к чрезмерным трудам.

Слушая такие речи, учитель, оскорбленный тем, что с ним обращаются как с какой-нибудь мелкой сошкой, впивается в распущенного сопляка Джимми взглядом василиска/хищным взглядом и думает про себя, что надо непременно попробовать взять его в ежовые рукавицы.

UNIT TWO

Ex I, p. 43

I, Mario wouldnt have come to England last year if John hadnt invited him. 2. Peter would have accepted your invitation if he hadnt been ill. 3. It wouldnt have been a hardship for the children to sweep and clean the rooms yesterday, would it? 4. If the weather had been fine, we should have gone to a holiday camp when we had our holiday. 5. We would have lived in a hotel in Sochi if the rates hadnt been very high. 6. It would have been natural if they hadnt met after their quarrel. 7. My friend and I would have gone to the cinema after that lesson if the rest of the students had agreed to go with us. 8. If the weather hadnt changed, we should have gone to the country yesterday evening.

Ex. II, p. 44

1. If the doctors that had treated Bob werent very experienced, he wouldnt have recovered. 2. Mary wouldnt have passed the exams if she werent so industrious. 3. We wouldn1 have invited John Brown to our tea-party if we werent acquainted with him. 4. I would have left the children alone i they werent so naughty. 5. She would have agreed to teach uj French if she knew the language well. 6. Martha wouldnt havt understood the German delegates if she werent German. 7. wouldnt have given you this book if it were not interesting. 8. wouldnt have advised my friends to have a walking tour if werent fond of walking tours myself.

Unit Two 21

Ex. IV, p. 44

1. Dont worry, the child wouldnt be so cheerful if he were seriously/gravely ill. 2. A beard and a moustache wouldnt become you, you would look much older than your age. 3. It would be better if they didnt allow the children to watch TV so late. 4. It would have been natural if the children had asked me about their new teacher, but no one asked this question. 5. If I were you, I would eat fewer sweets/less candy, youll put on weight. 6. It would have been natural if he had become a scientist, he was good at the Exact Sciences at school, but he has become an actor. 7. You would have finished this translation long ago if you hadn 4 talked/chatted so much over/on the phone/ by phone. 8. You wouldnt have forgotten to phone me if you werent so absent-minded.

Ex. Ill, p. 56

a) ache { eik] 1. n боль (продолжительная, но не острая); 2. и болеть, ныть, ломить; чувствовать боль fever Г fi:va] 1. жар, высокая температура; 2. лихорадка medicine { meds(a)n] 1. медицина; 2. лекарство (от — for) capsule { кж р sj u: I ] капсула purgative { рз: д э 11 v ] слабительное germ { d33:m] микроб, болезнетворная бактерия acid f ЈB$td] 1. n кислота; 2. adj кислотный, кислый influenza { .mfluenza] (тж. разг. flu) грипп variousf ve(о)rias] 1. различный, разный; разнообразный;

2. многие, разные (только с множ. числом) pneumonia { nju; mavnia] воспаление легких, пневмония

area { *е(э)пэ] 1. площадь (страны, квартиры, треугольника и т. п.), пространство, участок; 2. местность, район, зона; 3. сфера, область (деятельности и т. л.)

pirate { pai(a)rat] пират

natural { паиДэ)гэ1] естественный, натуральный bother fboda] 1. докучать, беспокоить; 2. беспокоить, волновать

prescribe { pnskraib] прописывать (лекарство, мед. процедуру и т. п.) bush { bvf] куст

brush { ЬглГ] 1. п щетка; кисть (художника); 2. и чистить щеткой

22 Essential Course

итревожить{ся),беспокоить(ся),волно-

вать(ся)

thermometer { 0 э mom 11 э ] термометр, градусник absolutely { aebs3lu:tli] абсолютно, совершенно, совсем relax In leeks] 1. расслаблять(ся); 2. успокаиваться

Ь) shut — shut, shut, shutting

overcome — overcame, overcome, overcoming — преодолевать

He — lay, lain, lying — лежать

lie — lied, lied, lying — лгать

lay — laid, laid, laying — класть

wake — waked, waked; woke, woken, waking

freeze — froze, frozen, freezing

worry — worried, worried, worrying

die — died, died, dying

Ex. VI, p. 57

a) refuse — refusal prescribe — prescription pain — painful, painless

ache – headache, toothache, stomachache, earache, backache condition — conditional, unconditional – безоговорочный bare – barefooted), barelegged, bareheaded, bareheaded .barely like — likeness, alike, unlike

b) to read aloud — to read to oneself, to read silently in good condition — in bad condition

at the foot of the bed — at the head of the bed

at the foot of the mountain/page — at the head/top of

the mountain/page the girl had shoes on — the girl was barefoot the seat is occupied — the seat is vacant/free the trees are covered with leaves — the trees are bare to be asleep — to be awake

c) голый — naked, bare дрожать — to tremble, to shiver отказаться — to refuse, to give up

Unit Two PAGE23

Ex. VII, p. 57

a) —What hurts you?

– I cant say I feel any sharp pain in some definite place I just ache all over.

— Does it hart you to move your arms, legs or head?

— My head aches all the time, it hurts me to look at the light and each movement is painful.

— Well, I must examine you. Dont be afraid, it wont be painful.

— But doctor, each touch gives me pain.

— Well, try and take it easy.

b) – Your childs health is in a rather bad condition, he must be thoroughly examined in the polyclinic.

— But, doctor, he is in no condition to leave the house, he is too weak.

— Perhaps wed better take him to hospital then.

— Oh, doctor, isnt it possible to keep him at home?

— Well, only on condition that you follow all mv instructions.

c) 1. In spiteortiis fathers wish he refused to leave the Medical Institute as he was fond of medicine and didnt want to give it up. 2.1 decided to break with him after he had refused to help me when I was in great need of help. 3. Though she regularly refused his proposals, he couldnt give up his dream of marrying her .sooner or later. 4. If she asks me for any favour, Ill never refuse her. 5. If I were you, I wouldnt give up my plan so easily.

d, 1. The children jumped and squealed like little puppies Z. The girl tried to behave like a grown-up person. 3. She was invited to this conference as a specialist in medicine. 4. He works as a doctor in one of our hospitals. 5. You just listen to him he speaks like a real doctor, though he doesnt know anything about medicine. 6. As your doctor, I dont allow you to get up for some more days.

Ex. X, p. 59

l.The clinical thermometer is a small thermometer for tinding out the temperature of the body. 3. The boiling point Of the Fahrenheit thermometer is 212\ of the Centigrade

PAGE24 Essential Course

thermometer – 100 and of the Reamur thermometer■ – 80 3 A kilometre is a measure of length as well as a mile and a foot, a kilogram and a pound are measures oTweight. –4. His high temperature worried the boy because he didnt know the difference between Fahrenheit and Centigrade thermometers.

Ex. XII, p. 60

1 What conditions did you live under/in when you were a child? 2 I have put down all he said about it/all his remarks on this matter. 3. If you had taken these pills yesterday, you would be feeling much better today. 4. The girls looked miserable when they were told that their mother was ill. 5. Let the children run barefoot, it wont do the™ any harm 6 A11 sick people are alike: they worry about small/little things (about trifles) and behave like children. 7. If I were you. I wouldn t write down this data, it is of no great importance 8. If you stay awake, you will feel awful tomorrow. 9 1 like this doctor because he doesnt prescribe too many medicines. 10. Is tie absent again? Its just like him to miss lessons when we are having a test. 11. I wouldnt say that there was much hkeness between us/that we were much alike. 12. It looks like rain. I think we had better stay at home.

Ex. XIII, p. 61

a) "Well, youd better let me take your temperature," said

Griffiths. slJ ,

"Its quite unnecessary," answered Philip irritably.

Philip put the thermometer in his mouth. Griffiths sat at/by the side of the bed and chattered brightly for a moment, then he took it out and looked at it. л ™,, „ „M

"Now, look here, old man, you stay in bed, and I 11 bring old Deacon (round/around) to have a look at you."

"Nonsense," said Philip. "Theres nothing the matter. I wish vou wouldnt bother about me."

"But it isnt any bother. Youve got a temperature and you must stay in bed. You will, wont you?"

"Youve got a wonderful bedside manner," Philip murmured, closing his eyes with a smile.

b) J. – рЫ Цр was not irritated at Griffiths advice, was he?

Unit Two 2 5

Yes, he was. He said there was nothing the matter with him.

2. — Philip put the thermotmeter under his arm, didnt he?

— No, he didnt. He put it in his mouth.

3. — Philips temperature wasnt all right, was it?

— No, it wasnt. It was high.

4. – Griffiths didnt even try to chatter sitting at his friends bed, did he?

— But he did. He chattered brightly before taking the thermometer out.

5. – Philip thought that there was nothing the matter with him, didnt he?

« lu8hedidAtleastthatswhatnesaidt0 Griffiths.

6. – There was really nothing the matter with Philip, wasnt there?

— But there was. Griffiths wanted to bring a doctor to have a look at him, so perhaps he suspected that Philip might have pneumonia.

7. — Griffiths didnt want Philip to stay in bed, did he?

— But he did. Thats just what he told him to do.

8. – Philip didnt want his friend to look after him, did he?

— No, he didnt. He didnt want to bother him.

9. – Griffiths was going to bring a doctor to Philip, wasnt he?

i n ~ l!S ; hCW8SHewasworriedabout bis friends health. iu – Philip smiled because he wanted his friend to think that he was all right, didnt he?

— No, he didnt. I think he smiled because he was glad that he had such a devoted friend./– Yes, he did. He wanted his friend to stop worrying.

Ex. XIV, p. 62

The mother was sitting by the childs bed, her eyes fixed on him The child was lightheaded, he had a high fever, his cheeks were flushed, and there were dark areas/smudges/shadows under his eyes. A neighbour dropped in, she brought a thermometer and some medicine. She said that it would bring down the temperature. Two hours later the mother took the childs temperature and saw that the medicine hadnt worked

The doctor came and said that the child had pneumonia, but there was no grave/serious danger yet. He asked when the boy had

Essential Course

fnlltin ill. The mother remembered that since Tuesday he had been unying nil the time that he had a headache and was aching all over.

"Dont worry. Everything will be all right," the doctor said. "But you had better take the child to hospital."

"Id rather look after him myself," said the mother.

"Well," said the doctor. "I wont insist. You neednt worry. If you follow my directions, Im sure that in a few days hell get better."

The doctor left, but he thought that it would have been better to take the child to hospital.

Ex. I, p. 71

in an unthinking moment — without thinking of the effect

of what one is going to do idly turn the leaves — lazily turn the pages a fatal malady — a deadly/mortal/terminal illness, an illness

causing death

premonitory symptoms — early symptoms giving warning

that one is falling ill complication — a new illness that happens during the course

of another illness and makes treatment more difficult to walk the hospitals — to observe and do practical work in

hospitals, e. g. to examine patients, try to diagnose their

diseases, cut up corpses, etc. (said of medical students) to time the pulse — to count the number of heartbeats per

minute by simultaneausly feeling the pulse and looking at

the second hand of a watch all for nothing — without charging any fee, for free the prescription ran — the prescription said a family hotel — a hotel for families

to follow the directions — to follow the advice on what to do his life was preserved – – he survived

Ex. II, p. 71

b) болезнь — illness { ilnis], disease { di zi:z], malady { ma: 13d i], ailment { eilmant] симптом — symptom { simptam] отчаяние — despair { dispes]

тиф — l.typhoidftaifaid], typhoid fevertlaif3idn:v3](6P ttiu-ной тиф); 2. typhus { taifas], spotted fever { sputld firva] (сыпной тиф)

Unit Two 27

алфавит ~ alphabet faelfabet]

дифтерит — diphtheria { dif 9i(3)ri3 J, diphtheritis

Ldifearams] холера/cholera { к о 1 э гэ] талия — waist { weist] скарлатина — scarlet fever { skirl 11 fi:va] аптекарь — chemist { kemist] c) illness — disease, malady, ailment

friend — chum (pal, buddy — not from the text)

doctor — medical man

look quickly — glance

imagine — fancy

do a favour to smb. — oblige smb.

die — pass away

Ex. IV, p. 72

1. I am suffering from insomnia. 2. I am sneezing and coughing all the time. 3.1 have a sore throat. 4. To crown it all/ On top of all/Ive caught a cold. 5. I am short of breath. 6 Your lungs are all right. 7. Breathe in deeply through the nose. 8 You may have a nervous breakdown. 9. Have regular meals and keep to a diet of^vegetables. 10. A tablespoonful three times a day. 11.1 promise you full recovery within three months. 12 I will think it over. 13. Im glad Ive found you in. 14. Im bursting with news. 15. None of them! 16. It had been bothering him for two days. 17.1 was the only doctor in the surgery. 18. Poor thing! 19. Dont be silly. 20. I chose the easiest tooth to begin with 21. And how did you get along? 22. I gave him a couple of injections/shots. 23. Perhaps I had better drop in..? 24. He will keep them (as souvenirs) to remember me by.

Ex. VII a), p. 73

He was taken to hospital and operated on/underwent an operation for appendicitis. — Его отвезли в больницу с приступом аппендицита и прооперировали.

After Ive had some injections of tonic I feel quite cured of all my ailments. — После нескольких уколов тонизирующего препарата я, похоже, излечился от всех своих болячек.

The child is ill/laid up with chicken pox. Hell soon recover if no complications set in. – У ребенка ветрянка. Если не будет осложнений, он скоро поправится.

28 Essential Course

Smallpox is a catching disease marked by fever and small red spots on the body and often leaves permanent marks. — Ocna — это заразная болезнь, сопровождающаяся высокой температурой и появлением мелкой красной сыпи, от которой нередко остаются рубцы/неизгладимые отметины.

Ive been on sick leave for a fortnight already, but I dont feel any better so far. — Я на больничном уже две недели, но мне пока не стало лучше.

The doctor diagnosed the illness as tuberculosis {t. b.). — Врач поставил диагноз: туберкулез./Врач определил, чтоу пациента туберкулез.

A doctor who performs/carries out operations is called a surgeon. Nowadays operations may be performed almost on any part of the body. — Врач, проводящий операции/осуществляющий оперативное вмешательство, называется хирургом. В настоящее время операции могут проводиться почти на любой части тела.

When people have pain in their teeth, they go to a dentist to have the holes in their teeth filled/stopped. When necessary, they may have their teeth taken/pulled out. — Когда у человека болят зубы, он идет к стоматологу, чтобы запломбировать их/ поставить пломбы. В случае необходимости больные зубы можно удалить.

People who are treated in health centres/polyclinics are called out-patients, those who stay in hospital are called in-patients. — Пациенты, которых лечат в поликлиниках, называются амбулаторными больными, а пациенты, которых лечат в больницах, — стационарными.

Something is wrong with my legs: all my joints ache and when I bend my knee, it hurts me. — У меня что-то с ногами: все суставы ноют и больно сгибать колено.

The old mans sight is getting dim, his eyes are sore, swoller and itching. — У старика слабеет зрение, глаза у него воспали лись, опухли и чешутся.

Ex. VIII а), р. 73

Scarlet fever is an infectious fever, marked by the appearand on the second day of a bright red rash consisting of closely-se red spots. Shortly after the patient develops a high temperature and suffers from painful sore throat. On the third or fourth da] the rash starts to fade and in favourable cases the temperatun

Unit Two PAGE29

falls and the patient feels better. At the end of a week the rash usually disappears. Complete recovery may be expected within the following month. The complications of scarlet fever are very serious, the commonest being inflammation of the ear. Scarlet fever is essentially a disease of children and young persons.

Ex. XIII, p. 75

1. I must have caught (the) flu. 2. You had better consult a doctor. 3. The doctor felt my pulse, checked my heart and lungs and took my temperature. 4. She is in no condition to talk, she has got a terrible toothache. 5. I am shivering all over. I must have caught (a) cold. 6.1 cant read aloud, I have a sore throat. 7. There is nothing to worry about, he has been successfully operated on/his.operation has been a success. 8.1 think Ill take these pills for headache. 9. Why are you bare-headed in such weather? You have been seriously/gravely ill lately. Complications may set in./You may have complications. 10. Have you been X-rayed? 11. Here is the prescription. Take a tablespoonful of the mixture three times a day. 12. Have you sent for the doctor?

13. Youve get two bad teeth. You ought to/should go to a dentist.

14. The doctor asked the patient to strip to the waist and examined him. 15. Who will go to the chemists to have the prescription/ medicine made up? 16. If you hadnt followed the doctors directions, you wouldnt have recovered so quickly. 17. If I were you, I would keep to/follow a diet because there is something wrong with your stomach. 18. What a pity that the doctor forgot to prescribe a medicine for my running nose. 19. Why are you short of breath? Do you have a high blood pressure or is there anything/something wrong with your heart? 20. The child has scarlet fever. He will have to stay in bed for ten days or so/for about ten days.

Ex. XIV, p. 77

The scrap of paper was a bill for Mr. Strelnikovs appendicitis operation/operation for appendicitis (for the operation Mr. Strelnikov had undergone for appendicitis). One of us happened to see such a document for the first time in his life, and it was very interesting for him to read it. It ran, "Blood test — $25. Surgeons fee — $200. Anaesthesia – $35. Day in hospital – $200. TV – $3 per day." Altogether/In total/All in all kissing hisappendix goodbye/waving goodbye to his appendix/

PAGE30 Essential Course

getting rid of his appendix was to cost Mr. Strelnikov 1112 dollars. That included the doctors fee for the diagnosis, the cost of taking out the stitch, etc.

If Mr. Strelnikov had wished to extend his stay in hospital to seven days, which is standard/normal for our/this country, the bill would have become twice as big/long. However, as a citizen of a country where medical care is free, he didnt have to pay for the operation out of his salary/out of his pocket. It was the state that paid for him. And he stayed in hospital as long as Americans do, that is three days.

Ex. XVII a), p. 77

1. В Англии первичным медицинским обслуживанием занимаются семейные врачи, работающие в системе Государственной службы здравоохранения. Оно включает услуги врачей, стоматологов, магазинов «Оптика» и аптек, выбираемых самим пациентом. Семейные врачи, работающие по договору с Государственной службой здравоохранения, имеют в среднем по 2250 пациентов. В случае болезни они ставят первоначальный диагноз и либо прописывают соответствующий курс лечения, либо направляют больного к более узким специалистам или на консультацию в больницу.

Многие больницы, работающие в системе Государственной службы здравоохранения, были построены в XIX веке, а некоторые, такие, например, как знаменитые больницы Св. Варфоломея и Св. Фомы, ведут свое происхождение от еще более ранних благотворительных учреждений.

Около 85% стоимости медицинских услуг оплачивается из налоговых поступлений, остальное покрывается за счет Государственной службы здравоохранения и тех денег, которые пациенты платят за рецепты, лечение и протезирование зубов и очки. Органы здравоохранения могут также собирать добровольные пожертвования.

2. Никто не станет утверждать, что Государственная служба здравоохранения Великобритании работает идеально. Многие врачи жалуются, что им приходится тратить уйму времени, заполняя бланки общенационального медицинского страхования, и что с таким огромным количеством пациентов им не хватает времени, чтобы пролечить хотя бы одного из них должным образом. А медсестры говорят, что им при

Unit Three 31

ходится слишком много работать, а зарплата у них несоизмеримо низкая.

3. Многие больницы, работающие в системе Государственной службы здравоохранения, устарели и переполнены, а из-за недостатка коек больным приходится подолгу ждать операций. Богатые предпочитают обращаться к частнопрактикующим врачам или же к специалистам с Харли-стрит, знаменитой «врачебной» улицы в Лондоне. Когда такие люди заболевают, они ложатся в частные клиники, пребывание в которых может стоить целых сто фунтов в неделю. Они также могут заплатить за отдельную палату в обычной больнице, что обойдется примерно в десять фунтов в день.

UNIT THREE

Ex. II, p. 85

1. Will it be convenient for/to everybody to have our meeting after the lessons? — I believe so, but I dont know if it will be convenient for/to our teacher. 2. Would it be easy/difficult for the second-year students to read English newspapers? — If you mean papers published in Britain, I think it would be difficult for them so far. 3. Which is more important for a student: to read or to speak English well? — If the student is going to become a teacher, its equally vital for him or her both to read and speak well. 4. Do you think it would be useful for students with bad spelling to copy English texts? — It might be helpful/good for them, but to tell you the truth its a very tiresome job. 5. Will it be useful/good for students to take part in the phonetic contest at our department? — Of course. It will be excellent for the first-year students as it will give them a good chance to brush up their pronunciation.

Ex. Ill, p. 85

1. It will be easy for her to make friends with children: they like the way she plays with them. 2. It would be interesting for me to take part in the excursion if I were younger. 3. I dont tike

32 Essential Course

the way you read, you should give more attention to reading aloud. 4 I think its necessary for you to consult a doctor about your headache. 5.1 dont like the way this nurse gives injections. 6. It will be interesting for the first-year students to learn about the history and traditions of our Institute.

Ex. Ill, p. 94

a) grow — grew, grown, growing build — built, built, building

attract — attracted, attracted, attracting

send — sent, sent, sending

display — displayed, displayed, displaying

flow — flowed, flowed, flowing

lie — lied, lied, lying (лгать)

lie — lay, lain, lying (лежать)

hurry — hurried, hurried, hurrying

strike — struck, struck, striking

puzzle — puzzled, puzzled, puzzling

b) Celticf kellik, seltik] settlement { sell mant] commerce { kom3s] finance { ГаГ nsns] explore { ikspbj kilometre{ kil3mi:t3] parliamentary { .pala mcnt(3)ri] magnificent { mжg nlf is(a)nt] ceramics { sirasmiks] metalwork { metlw3:k] photography { IV ingraft] atomic { atnmik]

royal f ratal] canal { кэ пж1] sunbather { sAiibcido] major { meid3s] barrier { Ьжпэ] panorama { рэпэ rfftru] double-decker { д!лЬ(э)1аекэ] disaster { diza:sta]

Unit Three PAGE33

c) narrow — narrower — narrowest small — smaller — smallest great — greater — greatest old — older/elder — oldest/eldest quiet — quieter/more quiet — quietest/most quiet worthy — worthier — worthiest busy — busier — busiest easy — easier — easiest

Ex. IV, p. 94

eat — uneatable, i. e. not fit to be eaten — несъедобный

read — unreadable, i. е. 1. difficult or impossible to read, especially because of extreme untidiness — неразборчивый; 2. too dull to be read; not worth reading — скучный, нечитабельный

break — unbreakable, i. e. impossible to break — неломкий, нехрупкий, небьющийся

forget — unforgettable, i. e. impossible to forget — незабываемый

pardon — unpardonable, i. e. that cannot be forgiven — непростительный

describe — undescribable (also indescribable), i. e. that cannot be described — неописуемый

desire — undesirable, i. e. unpleasant and unwanted — нежелательный

imagine — unimaginable, i. e. that cannot be imagined —

невообразимый believe — unbelievable, i. e. too improbable to be believed or

very surprising — невероятный

Ex. IX, p. 96

a) 1.1 wont be surprised if he gets a "five", he is a very bright boy. 2. We were struck by the contrasts between wealth and poverty in Delhi. 3. His question puzzled me. I didnt know how to answer it. 4.1 was surprised to meet him in town. I was sure he had not come back yet. 5. His cruelty struck/astonished us We liad always thought that he was kind and sympathetic.

b) 1. Pick up the pieces of the broken cup and throw them out. 2. Give me a piece of paper. Ill show you how to make a boat for tlie child. 3. Id like to take one more piece of cake. May I? 4. I never put more than two lumps of sugar into my tea. 5. I need a

PAGE34 Essential Course

short piece of string to tie the parcel with. 6. Id like to have a slice of lemon with my tea.

с) 1 Red Square is a historic spot: many historic events t«ok place in it. 2. In his historical novels Walter Scott g..ve a wonderful description not only of historical events, but of whole historical epochs. 3. The ninth of May is one of the most important historical dates: we celebrate our historic victory in World War II. 4. There are many historical monuments in Moscow.

Ex. XI a), p. 96

Please remember: traffic in Britain keeps to the left! So when crossing a street look right first, then left. If possible, cross over zebra crossings, sometimes indicated with flashing orange lights on either side of the road. "

The speed limit in Britain is 70 mph (= miles per hour); in built-up areas 30 mph. Careful riding is essential as there are many narrow and winding roads.

Roads for fast long distance driving are called motorways. The best known is the motorway between London and Leeds. Road signs are mostly the same as those used on the continent. The same goes for traffic lights.

Ex. XII a), p. 97

A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. – Букв, пер.: Одна птица в руке стоит двух в кустах. Русск. же.: Лучше синица в руке, чем журавль в небе.

The game is not worth the candle. — Игрп не стоит свеч.

An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening. Букв, пер.: Один час утром стоит двух вечером. Русск. же.: Утро вечера мудренее.

Bet veen two evils tis not worth choosing. Ьукв. пер.: Нет смысла/Не стоит выбирать из двух зол. Русск. же.: Хрен редьки не слаще.

Ex. XII, р. 97

1 It is not well worth taking a trip along the Thames today: the wind is too strong. 2. It is well worth taking/following his advice 3 It isnt well worth spending your time on things you are not interested in. 4. It is well worth visiting the Science

Unit Three 35

Museum in London. 5. Just as Westminster often stands for Parliament of Great Britain, so the City is its financial centre. 6. Just as the Humanities/the Arts stand for history, literature and foreign languages, so the Sciences stand for physics, chemistry, botany, etc.

Ex. XV a), p. 98

Кроме важнейших новостей, публикуемых на первой полосе под аршинными заголовками/под заголовками, набранными крупным жирным шрифтом, в газете есть и множество других разделов. Некоторые читатели сразу же обращаются к страницам тематических объявлений, называемых так потому, что все онираэбиты по темам, например «Сдается внаем», «Куплю», «Требуются*/«Работа» и т. п. Для тех, кто интересуется тем, что сейчас носят, существуют странички моды. Если вам хочется узнать, где что идет, какие и где проводятся выставки и т. п., можно посмотреть раздел «Афиша». Некоторым нравится просматривать всю газету, страница за страницей, то читая заголовки, то пробегая глазами какую-нибудь статью, то разглядывая политические карикатуры или знакомясь с теми или иными новостями бизнеса.

Ex. XVI, р. 98

1. The speaker spoke about the future of mankind. 2. This picture always attracts the visitors of the museum. 3. The inscription on the monument puzzled the tourists because/as none of them had come across Old English before. 4. We were surprised to learn that near Marble Arch in Hyde Park anyone can air their views on any subject. One may often hear a lot of nonsense there. 5. Here is the advertisement/ad you need. 6. Believe me, this young man is worthy of your respect. 7. Nowadays pounds and pence are in circulation in Britain. 8. 1945 is a historic year for all mankind. 9. Every British newspaper has its own readership/ circle of readers. 10. London like any other capital/capital city with heavy traffic has its share of road/motoring/traffic accidents. 11. The Vorobiovy Hills give a striking panorama of Moscow. 12. The place is/The premises are heated with hot water circulating in pipes. 13. Hundreds of new houses grow up/spring up/appear in all the cities and towns of our/this country. 14. The visitors of this museum are attracted by its rich collection of fine and applied arts. 15. The exhibits in the History Museum display

36 Essential Course

the development of civilization on the territory of Russia. 16. The speed limit in Moscows residential areas/districts is 60 km p. h. (kilometres per hour).

Ex. XVII, p. 100

After more than ten years of debating whether it is worth/ well worth allowing television into the British Parliament, the Lords have at long last permitted the installation of TV cameras in their House. The Commons, however, won t pass a similar resolution. One of the main opponents of broadcasting/airing/ televising the sessions of Parliament live/of putting the sessions of Parliament on the air is Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher. To justify her stance she claims that such broadcasts will cost too much. But according to the London correspondent oi the American newspaper "Christian Science Monitor" the true reason for Mrs Thatchers stubborn resistance is her unwillingness to publicize/to bring to light the criticism of her government. Besides, as Lord Whitelow has pointed out in a recent debate, another big problem is the fact that many MPs just doze off during the sessions. Showing the napping legislators on TV/Airing the napping legislators will surely not boost their popularity.

Ex. I, p. 109

mansion — a large and stately house

to live from hand to mouth – to have only just enough money

to live on and nothing for the future miserable houses — poor unrepaired houses to line the streets — to form rows along the streets dome — a rounded roof on a building

slums – a city area of old unrepaired houses and poor living conditions

to come first – 1. to be the first to come; 2. to win a competition (also to come second, third, etc.); 3. to be more important to smb. than anything else, e. g. My family comes first, my work second) the Crown Jewels – the crowns, jewels, swords, etc. worn by

the monarch on important state occasions statesman – a political or government leader, especially one who is respected as being wise, honest and disinterested huge – 1. extremely large; 2. very great in degree

Unit Three 37

across the road — on the opposite side of the road, e. g. the

house across the road = the house opposite the seat of the government – the building(s) where the government works; the seat of smth. — the place where smth. is or where a particular activity is carried on at the cost of smbs life — at the loss of smbs life, given to

obtain or save smth. or smb. to face smth. — 1. to have or turn the face or front to smth. or m a certain direction; 2. to have to deal with (a problem or unpleasant situation), e. g. We are facing a bleak future if Father doesnt find a job; 3.to accept or to deal with (a problem, unpleasant situation, opponent, enemy, etc.) firmly, e. g. Youll have to face the facts: your grammar isnt good enough, and you will hardly be able to pass the exam –.

shady avenues — broad streets with pavements protected from the sun by trees

Ex. II, p. 109

a) mansion { тгеп/(э)п] большой особняк restaurant { rest(э)гом] ресторан j ewel { d 3 и: э I ] драгоцен ность

guard { ga:d] 1. n охрана; охранник, часовой; 2. и охранять

halt { h э: 11 ] останавливать(ся)

column { knlam] 1. колонна; 2. колонка, столбец (в газете) ton { Un] тонна

sovereign { so vn n] 1. n суверен; 2. adj суверенный

nationalf пж/(э)пэ1]национальный, государственный; народный, всенародный

float { ЛэШ] плавать; держаться на поверхности

sculpture { skAlpt/эJ скульптура, статуя

swan ^Ш1]лебедь

weigh { we 1 ] взвешивать(ся)

conqueror { kD 13кэгэ] завоеватель

specimen { spesimin] образец, образчик

Ь) hotel, ceremony, Renaissanc/Renaissance { nneisfahis Г ,гепэ sans], Trafalgar Square, manuscript, avenue architect, Elizabeth,Senate

38 Essential Course

Unit Three 39

c) build — rebuild — 1. строить заново, восстанавливать; 2. перестраивать tell — retell — пересказывать

construct — reconstruct — 1. реконструировать, перестраивать; 2. восстанавливать, воссоздавать arm — rearm — перевооружать produce — reproduce — воспроизводить

Ex. via p. HI

Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police of London. For most people its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective — cool, collected, efficient, ready to track down any criminal.

Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to tbe Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben. The name "Scotland Yard" originates from the plot of land adjoining Whitehall Palace where since about the 14th century the royalty and nobility of Scotland stayed when visiting the English Court. The popular nickname of the London policeman "bobby" is a tribute to Sir Robert Peel who introduced the police force in 1829 and whose Christian name attached itself to members of the force.

Ex. X, p. 112

1. In the very centre of the City opposite the Bank of England is the statue of Wellington, the famous English general and statesman of the 19th century. Under his command the British troops and their allies defeated Napoleons army at Waterloo in 1815. Waterloo Bridge, one of the most beautiful bridges across/ over the Thames was so named/named so in memory of this victory. 2. The Mall is a broad avenue, lined with trees/a broad, tree-lined avenue leading from Trafalgar Square to Buckingham Palace, the Royal residence. Opposite the Palace (there) stands a huge monument with a statue of Victory at its top. This monument was erected/set up in memory/in honour of Queen Victoria whose sixty-four-year reign (1837—1901) was the longest in history. 3. The Highgate Cemetery is famous for the grave of Karl Marx who was buried there. In 1956 a monument to Marx was erected/set up there funded/financed with the donations/contributions that had been sent by workers from all over the world.

( Ex. XIV, p. 113

1. Out of/From/Through a taxi window you can only get/ I catch/obtain/have a glimpse of London. There are many other / ways of seeing/doing its sights: one can walk around it, one can ( go on a two-hour/on two hours (circular) tour in a tourist bus, 1 one can see the city from the top of a double-decker/double-decker I bus; besides, one can take a trip along the Thames or the Great / Canal in Regents Park. 2. If you could fly over Moscow in a \ helicopter, you could see how much our capital has changed and I grown. Long streets, lined with trees cross the city in all / directions, and blocks of new many-storeyed/multistory houses (of highrises) have grown up/sprung up/appeared on its outskirts instead of small wooden houses, dark with soot and smoke. Huge . cranes stand high above/over the numerous building sites of / the capital. 3. The underground/subway is the most convenient city trans port/form of transport. Hundreds of thousands of \ Muscovites and visitors go up and down its escalators (moving stai rways/staircases) and admire the architecture and decoration of its wonderful underground/subterraneous palaces. 4. The monument to Alexander Pushkin in Puskinskaya (now Strastnaya) Square is one of Muscovites favourite monuments/ I favourites. At its foot one may/can always see bouquets of natural 1 flowers, brought by Muscovites to honour the memory of their \ favourite/beloved poet.

Ex. XVI b), p. 116

Лондон утром

В то утро, как это порой бывает, дым и поднимающийся над долиной Темзы туман решили сотворить для своего родного Лондона, и особенно для старейшей его части. Сити, несколько чудес. В такое утро Сити кажется волшебным местом. Все в нем окутано чуть светящейся цымкой, то серебристой, то тускло-золотой. Здания сохраняют свою форму, их можно пощупать — но они становятся невесомыми; они парят в воздухе подобно дворцам из сказок «Тысячи и одной ночи»; кажется, что можно опрокинуть купол собора Св. Павла одним прикосновением указательного пальца, подвинуть назад резиденцию лорд-мэра, подбросить в небо колонну, воздвигнутую в память о пожаре 1666 г. В такое утро старинные церкви невозможно сосчитать: их становится больше, чем когда-либо было. Транспорта на улицах не меньше обычного: алый поток

40 Essential Course

двухэтажных автобусов все так же катится по древним, узким улочкам; тротуары по-прежнему заполнены толпой банковских курьеров, мальчишек-посыльных, полицейских, клерков, машинисток, швейцаров, членов правления компаний, секретарш, жуликов, сплетников и сплетниц и просто праздношатающихся. Но в такое утро все эти автобусы, такси, автофургоны, грузовики, а также все пешеходы становятся как бы не вполне осязаемыми; они движутся словно под покровом тончайшего газа и все одеты в бархат; их голоса звучат приглушенно, а движутся они точно в замедленной съемке. Все чересчур новое, вульгарное и глупое неким таинственным образом растворяется в особенно густых клубах тумана. А все, что сохранилось от былой древней красоты, остается, причем в идеальном освещении и в идеальной оправе. Стоит завернуть за угол, как кто-нибудь прошепчет вам одну-две строки из Чосера. Если посмотреть в такое утро на Темзу, то глазам открывается и вовсе фантастическое зрелище: географии здесь больше нет, а есть одна лишь чистая поэзия; вода исчезает, и смутные силуэты из какого-то полного приключений сна скользят прямо по воздуху, мерцающему золотом и серебром. Вот каким бывает Сити в такое утро — это город из готической сказки, видение или мираж.

UNIT FOUR

Ex. I, p. 120

Pattern 1:1. Our mother is hardly ever able to go to the theatre./Our mother hardly ever goes to the theatre. 2. Our students are hardly ever able to listen to native English speech. 3. She is hardly ever able to get herself a new dress. 4. They are hardly able to spend their holiday at the seaside. 5. He is hardly ever able to refuse helping his friends.

Pattern 3: 1. It will never do to stare at people. 2. The teacher said it would never do to hand in homework written carelessly./The teacher said that handing in work written carelessly would never do. 3. "I say, Turner, it will never do to treat your comrades/friends like that." 4. My mother said that it

PAGE38 Essential Course

с) build — rebuild — 1. строить заново, восстанавливать; 2. перестраивать tell — retell — пересказывать

construct — reconstruct — 1. реконструировать, перестраивать; 2. восстанавливать, воссоздавать arm — rearm — перевооружать produce — reproduce — воспроизводить

Ex. VIII, p. Ш

Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police of London. For most people its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective — cool, collected, efficient, ready to track down any criminal.

Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to the Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben The name "Scotland Yard" originates from the plot of land adjoining Whitehall Palace where since about the 14th century the royalty and nobiUty of Scotland stayed when visiting the English Court. The popular nickname of the London policeman "bobby" is a tribute to Sir Robert Peel who introduced the police force in 1829 and whose Christian name attached itself to members of the force.

Ex. X, p. 112

1 In the very centre of the City opposite the Bank of England! is the statue of Wellington, the famous English general and! statesman of the 19th century. Under his command the Britisnl troops and their allies defeated Napoleons army at Waterloo inj 1815 .Waterloo Bridge, one of the most beautiful bridges across/J over the Thames was so named/named so in memory of thid victory 2. The Mall is a broad avenue, lined with trees/a broadd tree-lined avenue leading from Trafalgar Square to Buckingham! Palace, the Royal residence. Opposite the Palace (there) stands aj huge monument with a statue of Victory at its top. This moH nument was erected/set up in memory/in honour of Queen] Victoria whose sixty-four-year reign (1837-1901) was thd longest in history. 3. The Highgate Cemetery is famous for thd grave of Karl Marx who was buried there. In 1956 a monument) to Marx was erected/set up there funded/financed with thJ donations/contributions that had been sent by workers from all over the world.

would never do to let her do all the work alone. 5. It will never do to hurt animals. 6. "You have come unprepared again. It will never do," said the teacher./"Coming unprepared will never do," said the teacher.

Ex. H, p. 120

1. She worked very little during the term and we all told her that she might fail at her examination. 2. It was hardly possible to let the boy stay at home alone because we all knew that he might make trouble if he did. 3. She worked too hard and her friends were afraid that she might fall ill. 4. The mother thought the boy might become a great pianist, and so she made him practise day and night. 5. We wanted to go and see our sick friend, but the doctor didnt allow that saying that we might catch the disease.

Ex. Ill, p. 121

1. It is dangerous to keep the windows open during a thunderstorm. 2. She kept the door closed and didnt let anyone in. 3. Put the lemonade in the refrigerator to keep it cold. 4. The epidemic was at its height, and all the doctors of the town were kept busy. 5. Lput the tulips in the water to keep them fresh. 6. Keep your eyes open and your mouth shut. 7. This fur coat is sure to keep you warm in any frost. 8. What is the teacher to do to keep his pupils interested?

Ex. IV, p. 121

1. It will never do to hurt those who are younger than you. 2. We are hardly ever able to go to the country on our days off/at weekends. 3.1 told you that you might fall ill if you got your feet wet. 4. Keep the patient awake until the doctor comes. 5. It will never do to use the phone for silly jokes. 6. Keep the children busy and dont let them make noise while I am talking on the phone. 7. On such a hot day the windows should be kept open.

8. It will never do to smoke so much, you will ruin your health.

9. John wrote to his friend that he might visit him the following year.

Ex. I, p. 130

Л. 3. In reported speech one should say the mother, the father ur his (her, etc.) mother, father, depending on the context, e. g. Jane said that her father was a lawyer.

42 Essential Course

But: "The story/The author says that at the end of the day there were tears in the mothers eyes." On the other hand if it is the members of one family who are talking, a brother can say to a sister, "Father says that Mother isnt going to cook dinner today."

В. 1. One can decorate

■ a Christmas tree;

■ a cake with icing;

■ streets with flags, coloured lamps, etc.;

■ room with flowers;

■ a dress with embroidery.

To trim is to decorate, especially round the edges. One can trim

■ a jacket with fur;

■ a building with marble;

■ a hat with flowers, ribbons, etc.;

■ a hem with lace;

■ a Christmas tree.

2. The preposition on is used before the names of days and the parts of day when they are used with descriptive attributes.

N.B. You can say both on that day (morning, etc.) and that day (morning, etc.), and on Saturday (Sunday, etc.) night and Saturday (Sunday, etc.) night.

Ex. Ill, p. 131

1. Отцу пришло в голову/Отца осенило, что взять маму на рыбалку будет даже лучше, чем повезти ее кататься на машине/чем прокатить ее на машине: ведь когда едешь на рыбалку, у тебя есть четкая цель, так что удовольствие становится еще больше. 2. Отец попросил не обращать на него внимания и сказал, что он может преотлично остаться дома и пусть нас не смущает тот факт, что у него уже три года как не было настоящего отпуска.

Ex. Va)— b),p. 131

1. Entered, offered, remembered, cleared, cheered, uttered

2. Occurred, referred, barred, starred, preferred, stirred We double the г in stressed last syllables of verbs whei

forming the Past Indefinite, the Past Participle and the Presenl Participle if г follows one vowel letter.

Unit Four , PAGE43

Ex. VIII a), p. 132

1. to get smb. to do smth.; 2. to get. smth. arranged; 3. to get over a disease; 4. to get up and down; 5. to look away; 6. to occur to smb.; 7. to turn up; 8. a treat; 9. in the end; 10. to be able to afford smth./to do smth./doing smth.; 11. to keep on doing smth.; 12. to keep smb. from doing smth.; 13. to keep smth. back;

14. to have fun, to have a (very) good/nice/great/excel lent time;

15. to care for smth.; 16. for a (little/short) while; 17. to hire a taxi; 18. to get messed up; 19. to make fun of smb.; 20. to make trouble.

Ex.X, p. 133

1. What a treat it is to listen to her singing! 2. After the concert the children were treated to tea and cakes. 3. Turn off the radio, this music is getting on my nerves. 4. I turned the corner and ran into my old friend. 5. Why turn everything upside down to find some trifle? 6. The boy was treated for measles, but it turned out that he had scarlet fever. 7. The girl liked to be treated like an adult/a grown-up. 8. She couldnt keep the boy from pranks. 9. We had a very good time on the beach. It was great fun. 10. It didnt occur to David that he was keeping everybody waiting. 11. Children should be taught to treat animals kindly. 12. Who would have thought that she would become a talented actress? 13. Ah, so thats how you keep your word! 14. "Your friend is so full of fun." — "Oh, is he?/Oh, really? You know/Just fancy, it has never occurred to me before." 15. It occurred many years ago. She must have forgotten all about it./ She must have already forgotten everything. 16. What fun it is to play this game! 17. Roberts schoolmates made fun of his green suit. 18. What a funny hat!

Ex. XII a), p. 133

1. Мы могли бы с тем же успехом потанцевать и сейчас. 2, Я бы предпочел взять такси. Я очень устал. 3. Недопустимо/Нельзя наказывать ребенка за то, чего он не совершал. 1. Если это в его силах, он никогда не заставляет себя ждать. 5. Мы должны помешать ему наломать дров/заварить кашу. (>. Возьми мои перчатки, в них твои руки не замерзнут. 7. Что толку украшать эту старую шляпку, все равно она не станет выглядеть лучше. 8. К девяти часам у нас уже все было готово для поездки. 9. Мы сумели сделать так, что она поверила на

PAGE44 Essential Course

шему рассказу. 10. Боюсь, что я весь день буду занята приготовлениями к вечеринке. 11. Нельзя оставлять детей на улице после наступления темноты. 12. Если не хотите, чтобы вас оштрафовали, сохраняйте/не выбрасывайте билет до конца поездки.

Ex. XIV, р. 134

1. The dress is just wonderful. It is very becoming to you. 2.1 havent seen you for ages. How are you getting on? 3.1 liked the cake you treated me to. How do you make it? 4. Turn the page/ Turn over the page and do Exercise 3. 5. He turned out a very good story-teller. I enjoyed his stories immensely. 6. We shall discuss the matter on our way home. 7. Im sure youll get over all the difficulties in the end. 8. Pete didnt want to take his younger brother fishing, he was afraid that he would be in his way. 9. The students of Group 3 will help to decorate the hall with flowers and mottoes. 10. The father had promised to take the boys for a drive into the country on Sunday. But unfortunately the weather changed in the morning, and they had to stay (at) home. 11. Celia waved her hand to Lanny until the train was out of sight. 12. For such a big occasion all the children were dressed in their best. 13. When all the things were packed in a suit-case, it turned out that the ticket had somehow got there too, and I had to turn everything upside down in search of it. 14. The children were allowed to stay home from school as the mothers birthday was a great occasion for all the family.

Ex. XV, p. 135

1. Im so busy/I have so much work (to do)/Im so snowed under, that I just cant afford to waste/wasting (lose/losing) time. 2. Heres the hat I told you about. Im sure it will be very becoming to you/it will become you very much. 3.1 cant imagine how you will manage to get over/to cope with aU these difficulties. 4.1 couldnt afford such an expensive present./I couldnt afford tobuy/buyingsuch an expensive present. 5.1 hope we will be able to get to the underground/subway station before it is closed. 6.1 have got a letter from him today. He writes that he has a lot of work to do and he is hardly ever able even to treat himself to going to the cinema. 7. You are getting up and down, coming in and going out all the time. It will never do to work like that. 8. We

Unit Four 45

are having a party tomorrow, and I want to dress in my (very) best for the occasion. 9. Something has dropped out of my handbag (US purse), probably a pen. 10. He must have got everything arranged for the departure/for leaving. 11. Who would have thought that he had said it in/for fun? 12. Cant you get the child to go to bed in time? 13. The whole family had a great time in the country although the heroine of the day had to stay at home and cook dinner. 14. This colour is very becoming to you/becomes you very much.

Ex. XVIII a), p. 135

Мне всегда казалось, что суть хорошего юмора в том, чтобы он не колол и не жалил/что главное в юморе — это его безвредность и беззлобность. Я готов признать, что всем нам в какой-то мере свойственно то поистине бесовское/то сатанинское чувство юмора — оно же злорадство, — которым отличались наши предки и от которого так же невозможно избавиться, как от первородного греха (то древнее, поистине бесовское чувство юмора, которым отличались наши предки, некая склонность радоваться чужим несчастьям, от которой так же невозможно избавиться, как от первородного греха). Вообще-то нам не должно быть смешно, когда человек — особенно если он толстый и важный — падает, поскользнувшись на банановой кожуре. Но мы тем не менее потешаемся. Когда кто-нибудь катается по скованному льдом пруду, выписывая изящные круги и красуясь перед толпой зевак, и вдруг — раз! — проваливается в воду, все собравшиеся начинают вопить от восторга. Наш далекий пращур-дикарь находил происшествие особенно забавным, если поскользнувшийся ломал себе шею, а провалившийся под лед тонул. Могу себе представить, как группа пещерных людей стоит вокруг полыньи и надрывается от хохота. Если бы в те времена существовала такая вещь, как газета, то заметка об этом происшествии вышла бы под заголовком «Забавный случай. Неизвестный джентльмен проваливается под лед и тонет».

Но под влиянием цивилизации наше чувство юмора притупилось и такие происшествия стали смешить нас меньше.

Ex. I, р. 144

a) breakfast { brekfast] porridge { pnnd3]

46 Essential Course

cornflakes f к э: n f le i к s ]

bacon { beikan]

toast { \3ust ] (uncountable)

fruit jelly { /ru:t азеП]

juice { d3u:s]

sufficient { safij(3)nt]

pudding { pudin]

stewed fruit { ,stju:d fruit] — компот substantial { sab stse nf( э)1 ] roast beef { ,rsusl bi:f] omelet(te) f omllt] sausages { so:sad30z] biscuit fbiskit] — печенье

b) eat — ate, eaten, eating

fry — fried, fried, frying — жарить (на сковороде) roast — roasted, roasted, roasting — жарить (на огне, в ду ховке и т. п.)

accompany — accompanied, accompanied, accompanying

fill — filled, filled, filling

bring — brought, brought, bringing

c) full meal — a big meal, a substantial meal plain food — simple food

a sociable time — a time of friendly intercourse/socializing a housekeeping budget — the amount of money set aside to

pay for food and other things needed in the home to go under various names — to be known under (many)

different names social standing — position in society

Ex. Ill a), p. 144

delicious (about food) — very tasty

layer-cake — a cake consisting of several layers of dough

separated by cream, jam, etc. oven { лу(з)п] — a closed box used for cooking napkin — a usually square piece of cloth or paper used for

protecting ones clothes and for cleaning ones hands and

lips during a meal a big eater — a person who eats a lot

done to a turn — perfectly cooked, cooked neither too much nor too little

Unit Four PAGE47

seconds — 1. the second course of a meal; 2. another serving of the same food after you have eaten your first serving

Ex. VI, p. 145

1. Take another helping of salad. 2. I think Ill trouble you for another cup of tea. 3. Will you please pass on the sugar? 4. She is going to make some fish soup for dinner. 5. Marmalade is made from orange peel. 6. The egg is eaten with a small spoon. 7. Their meal consisted of two courses. 8. What can you recommend for the first course? 9. The meat is done to a turn. 10. No sugar for me, thank you. 11. At midday people have their meals at home or at/in the canteen. 12. Custard is made of eggs and milk. 13. The fish is just to my liking. 14. The evening meal goes under/by various names in England. 15.1 dont take milk with my tea. 16. Help yourself to some pastry. 17. Broth is made by boiling chicken. 18. Will you please hand over the salt-cellar? 19. What do you usually order for dessert? 20. The way to refuse a dish is by saying "No, thank you." 21. You may ask for a second helping.

Ex. VII, p. 146

1. Cornflakes with milk were/Cornflakes and milk was served for breakfast. Then came fried bacon. 2. It is impossible to imagine an English breakfast without toast. It is spread with butter and jam./It is buttered and spread with jam. 3. Breakfast is often eaten in haste/hastily because everybody is in a hurry. 4. Lunch/Dinner usually consists of two courses. Meat (The meat dish/course) is served with a lot of vegetables. Then conies stewed fruit. 5. The so-called "high tea" is rather a substantial meal. 6. He never minds/He is never averse to having something substantial, as he puts it. 7. There is nothing like strawberries with cream. 8. "Is the beefsteak good?" — "I think its underdone." — "And I think its done to a turn." 9. "What would you like for the second course/for seconds?" — "Some fish dish as usual." 10. For me there is nothing like chips if they are brown and crisp, of course. 11. "How many lumps of sugar?" — "Thank you, I take my tea without sugar. A slice of lemon, please."

Ex. XIV, p. 148

1. "How many meals a day do you have?" the doctor asked. "Having regular meals is vital for ones/the health." 2. He ate a

PAGE48 Essential Course

plateful of/a full plate of porridge though he had said that he wasnt hungry at all. 3. Today the menu includes meat dishes, stewed vegetables, a sweet pudding, various starters and even ice-cream with fruit for dessert./Today there are meat dishes, stewed vegetables, a sweet pudding, various starters and even ice-cream for dessert on the menu. 4. "How many lumps of sugar would you like?" — "Two will be enough." 5. "Would you like some more salad?" — "Thank you, Ive had enough/thats enough." 6. "Is the soup tasty?" — "I havent tasted it yet, its too hot." 7. Have you told your sister to fetch clean dishes? 8. "How do you like your tea: strong or weak?" — "Not very strong, please." 9. "What do we have for seconds/for the second course?" — "Fish and chips." 10. Dinner is served in the dining-room. 11. "Shall Ibutter your bread?" — "Yes, and put some jam on it/and spread it with jam too." 12. We had a light breakfast today and after a walk we are hungry. I wouldnt mind having something substantial. 13. He had a quick supper and got down to work. 14. She likes tinned/canned pineapples better than fresh ones. 15. In this house visitors/guests are always treated to an absolutely special apple-tart. It is delicious. 16. "Her husband likes to take half an hours nap after a hearty dinner to use his own words." — "Its bad for digestion. He had better walk half a mile or so." 17. "Have you laid the table yet?" — "No, I havent. I cant find a clean table-cloth.**

Ex. XVIII, p. 1Б2

а) Завтрак в доме Дженсенов мало чем отличался от завтрака в любом другом из тысяч и тысяч домов великого города. Уолтер Дженсен ел, читая газету, прислоненную к сахарнице и графинчику для уксуса. Читал он мастерски/сноровисто, не отрывая глаз от газетной страницы, даже когда подносил чашку кофе ко рту. Семилетний Поль Дженсен кушал горячую кашу, которую пришлось щедро сдобрить сахаром, чтобы он согласился к ней притронуться. Дочь Уолтера, пятилетняя Мирна Дженсен левой рукой чесала свою белокурую головку, а правой ела. Мирна тоже была мастерицей своего дела/У Мирны тоже имелась кое в чем сноровка: засунув ложку в рот, она умудрялась сделать так, что каша соскальзывала с нее по языку прямо внутрь, после чего вынимала ложку вверх ногами. Жена Уолтера, Элси Дженсен, на мгновение перестала жевать, чтобы пощупать

Unit Four 49

языком коренной зуб, которому явно требовалось внимание дантиста.

Ь) Пока Анна готовилась к встрече с сорока шестью живыми, любознательными детьми, своим классом, ее квартирная хозяйка стряпала ужин для мужа и новой жилички.

Она уже прикрутила старую мясорубку к краю кухонного стола и теперь запихивала в нее кусочки довольно-таки жесткой говядины, остатки того большого куска, который купила в мясной лавке еще в воскресенье. Мяса было явно маловато, но сей вызов нисколько не смутил миссис Флинн: напротив, ее прижимистый дух взыграл, и она тут же решила, что хорошей добавкой к начинке деревенского пирога, который она собиралась испечь, станут горбушка черного хлеба, крупная луковица и помидор.

— Если открыть банку запеченных бобов, — сказала миссис Флинн вслух, — не придется готовить подливку и зазря тратить газ.

С удовлетворением вспомнив, что бобы она купила по сниженной цене на-рекламной распродаже в местной бакалейной лавке, она довольно поджала свои и без того тонкие губы и принялась с еще большим рвением крутить ручку мясорубки.

«А вчерашний яблочный крем, — подумала она деловито, — можно подать на трех тарелках, добавив в каждую капельку/чуть-чуть сгущенного молока. Пожалуй, можно было Оы придать им праздничный/веселенький вид, положив сверху по вишенке», — подумала было миссис Флинн, поддавшись внезапному порыву расточительности. Отпустив ручку мясорубки, она открыла буфет, в котором хранились консервы в банках и бутылках. В первом ряду поблескивала стеклянная баночка с аппетитными темно-розовыми вишнями. На протяжении долгой, томительной минуты миссис Флинн созерцала ее, и душа ее разрывалась между тягой к прекрасному и бережливостью. Бережливость победила, причем без особых усилий.

Было бы жаль их открывать, — вслух произнесла миссис Флинн и снова принялась вертеть ручку мясорубки.

50 Essential Course

UNIT FIVE

Ex. I, p. 158

Pattern l: 1. By theend of the working day he would ^-..^ for her at the factory gate, and they went home together. 2. The spring days were warm and sunny, and the children would spend much time out of doors. 3. When they sometimes asked him about his college days, he would answer that he had greatly enjoyed going to college. 4. The mother never complained; she would only L sigh and go on with her work. 5. Her husband often came back I tired and angry; at table he would find fault with the cooking. I 6. When we told the mother how good everything tasted, she I would say, "Hunger is the best sauce."

Pattern 2: 1. He used to say that there was no game like I football. 2. She used to leave the dishes unwashed in the kitchen I sink and go away. 3. When he was a student, he used to go to the I library every other day. 4. My mother used to make a splendid I chocolate tart for my birthday. 5. When I was a child, our family 1 used to go to the seaside for summer holidays. 6. When he was I younger, he was a pretty good dancer.

Pattern 3: 1. I am not used to being treated in this way. I 2 She wasnt used to being made fun of. 3. The doctor was used I to treating this horrible disease. 4.1 am used to working by such I light. 5. The child was used to being refused nothing/to having! all his wishes fulfilled.

Ex. II, p. 159

1. It was Doctor Temple who cured Mrs. Greenes husband! of his stomach disease. 2. It was Steve win. treated them all to! ice-creams. 3. It was her brother who told us all about that! terrible accident. 4. It was your rudeness that made her cry.J 5. It is my mother who does the cooking tor all the family.! 6 It was those books that made such a deep impression on him! and decided his future. 7. It is this noise that doesnt let mel concentrate on my work. 8. It was their own poems that thesel students recited at the last party with a great success./It was! these students who recited their own poems at the last party! with a great success.

Unit Five 51

Ex. Ill, p. 159

1. He used to say that the best remedy for nervous diseases was work. 2. It was Mummy, not I who decorated the table with flowers so nicely. 3. Every time he came he would bring me books 1 was to read. 4. I am not used to singing before/for/in front of such a large audience, but today I will. 5. It was quinsy not pneumonia, that he was treated for with this medicine. 6 You used to come home much later before. 7. Whenever it rained, he would feel worse. 8. You dont seem to like Doctor March, do you? But it was he who cured me of that terrible cough. 10. From time to time he would turn a page pretending to read.

Ex. VI, p. 168

1. The leaves of the trees are bright green in spring. — Весной листья на деревьях бывают ярко-зелеными.

Polished steel is bright. – Полированная сталь блестит на свету.

There are several bright pupils in her class. — У нее в классе есть несколько способных учеников.

The boy had a bright face. – У мальчика было умное/счастливое лицо.

Everybody was bright and gay at the party. – На вечеринке все были веселы и остроумны.

She stood in the doorway smiling brightly after him. – Она стояла в дверях, глядя ему вслед с сияющей улыбкой.

The fire shines bright. — Огонь ярко горит.

The sky is brightening. — Небо проясняется.

This wallpaper will brighten our room. – С этими обоями наша комната будет казаться светлее./Эти обои оживят нашу комнату. J

What can you do to brighten the life of the sick man? – Что вы можете сделать, чтобы скрасить жизнь больного?

2. The meaning of the word is quite plain, isnt it? — Значение этого слова совершенно понятно/очевидно, не так ли?

I like her plain speech. – Мне нравится, что она выражается прямо и понятно.

She spoke plain English. – Она говорила простыми слонами.

They like what they call plain food. – Им нравится то, что они называют/именуют простой пищей.

52 Essential Course

She looked very pretty in her plain white dress. — Она выглядела очень хорошенькой в своем простом белом платье.

She bought a plain blue material. — Она купила гладкую синюю ткань.

Не liked her plain but honest face. — Ему нравилось ее лицо, некрасивое, но честное.

3. There was a blank look on her face. – Ее лицо ничего не выражало. (У нее был безучастный/непонимающий/озадаченный вид.)

She looked at me blankly. — Она посмотрела на меня безучастным/тупым взглядом. (Она озадаченно посмотрела на

Не sat on the edge of the bed staring blankly before him. — Он сидел на краю кровати, безучастно/тупо уставясь в пространство.

Leave a blank after each word. – Оставляйте пробел после

каждого слова.

Fill in this blank. — Заполните этот пропуск.

She bought two telegraph blanks. — Она купила два бланка для телеграмм.

4. Judys ignorance made the girls laugh. – Невежество Джуди вызывало у других девушек смех.

Не did it from/through ignorance. — Он сделал это по неведению/незнанию.

The boy has never been to school and is quite ignorant. Мальчик никогда не ходил в школу и совершенно невежествен.

I am ignorant of his plans. – Я ничего не знаю о его планах.

5. What prompted you to look for him in our town? — Что побудило вас искать его в нашем городке?

Shell prompt you if you forget the words. — Если забудешь слова, она тебе подскажет.

No prompting, please. – Пожалуйста, не подсказывайте.

Arent you ashamed to wait for a prompt? — Неужели тебе не стыдно ждать подсказки?

6. Не recorded all the events of the day. — Он записал все что случилось за день.

Unit Five 53

On the very day of his arrival they recorded his speech. — Они записали его речь на пленку в самый первый день после его приезда.

A careful record was made of all those absent. — Преподаватель отметил всех отсутствующих.

The boys school record leaves much to be desired. — Школьные успехи этого мальчика оставляют желать лучшего.

Have you got any records of Bach? — У вас есть пластинки с музыкой Баха?

Id rather make use of the cassette-recording to review the material. — Для повторения материала я лучше воспользуюсь кассетой.

Something has gone wrong with the cassette recorder. It doesnt work. — S-магнитофоном что-то случилось./Магнитофон сломался. Он не работает.

7. Не pointed to the monument. — Он указал на памятник. The needle of the compass points to the North. — Стрелка

компаса указывает на север.

The boy pointed a stick at the dog. — Мальчик направил палку/ткнул палкой в сторону собаки.

The teacher pointed out our mistakes. — Учитель указал (нам) наши ошибки.

Не pointed out that all the college rules should be obeyed. — Он заметил, что все правила, действующие в колледже, должны выполняться.

8. Your friend bores me. — С вашим приятелем мне скучно. I was bored to death. — Я чуть не умер от скуки.

I dont want to see him again, he is such a bore. — He хочу видеть его опять, он такой нудный/зануда.

This is a very boring book. — Это очень скучная книга.

9. The patient is very ill and must not be excited. — Пациент очень болен, и его нельзя волновать.

Everybody was excited by the news. — Новость всех взволновала.

Its nothing to get excited about. — Из-за этого не стоит волноваться.

Dont get excited over such trifles. — He волнуйся ты по таким пустякам.

54 Essential Course

There is nothing to worry about. — Тут не о чем беспокоиться.

She always worries about small things. — Она вечно нервничает по пустякам.

The newcomer excited everybodys interest. — Приезжий/

Новичок вызвал всеобщий интерес.

What exciting news youve broughtl — Какую потрясающую новость/Какие удивительные новости вы принесли!

I could hardly get over that exciting moment. — Я едва пе режил эти волнующие минуты.

She told such an exciting story. — Она рассказала таку захватывающую историю.

The decision to keep Mothers Day caused great excitemen in the family. — Решение отметить День матери вызвало у всех членов семейства огромный энтузиазм.

Ex. VII, р. 168

A. blank wall — a wall with no doore, windows or othe

openings — глухая стена blank look — 1. a puzzled look — озадаченный вид; 2.

expressionless look — ничего не выражающий взгляд

3. a look without interest or understanding — безучаст

ный или бессмысленный взгляд blank verse — unrhymed poetry — белый стих blank sheet — a sheet of paper without writing, print or oth

marks — чистый лист бумаги blank form — a form that has not been filled in — незапол

ненный бланк

blank cheque — 1. a cheque signed and given to smb. to writ* in whatever amount they want to receive — незаполнен! ный чек, чек на предъявителя; 2. complete freedom to act as smb. thinks best — свобода рук, карт-бланш

blank years — years spent without sense or result — nyc! тые/бесплодные годы

blank mind — used in the expressions: My mind went/wa* blank — I completely forgot what I had done/was suppose*! to do, etc. — У меня случился провал в памяти./Я col вершенно ничего не помнил. ■

blank face — expressionless face, a face not showing one d feelings or thoughts — невыразительное лицо; непрони| цаемое лицо/выражение лица

Unit Five 55

В. empty room — a room in which there are no people at the moment — пустая комната; комната, где никого нет

shallow interests — interests that are not serious — несерьезные/пустые интересы

vacant house — a house where no one is living at present — пустой дом; дом, где никто не живет

shallow girl — a girl, incapable of deep or serious thinking, a light-minded girl — легкомысленная/ограниченная/ пустая девица

bright dress — a dress of intense colour — яркое платье

bright face — 1. an intelligent face — умное лицо; 2. a cheerful and happy face, a face lit up with joy or hope — счастливое лицо

bright child —"a clever child quick at learning — способный/ одаренный ребенок

bright eyes-shining eyes — блестящие глаза

ignorant person — a person who lacks knowledge or education — невежественный человек

incomparable bore — an unbelievably dull and tiresome person — редкостный зануда

Ex. VIII, p. 168

1. He stared at her blankly. 2. He opened his eyes for a short while but then blacked out/went under again. 3. A faint smile brightened her face for a moment. 4. There was a blank in my memory. 5. There are many exciting items in the newspaper today. 6. The silk stockings excited/aroused Judys envy. 7. He used to be a bright pupil. 8. The letter excited great interest. !>. At times she felt miserable. 10. The trouble with him is that he is a shallow person. II. This fruit is rather tasty. 12. Your friend differs much from what he used to be.

Ex. X, p. 169

1. Do you know your part well or do you need a prompter? 2. Of course, Judy wasnt perfect (Judy had shortcomings/ drawbacks/faults), but at least she was honest. 3. She was very excited because it was her report that was to come first/because it was she who was to make a report first. 4. The girls were not iillowed to leave the campus after the bell (had) struck ten. I). Oliver Twist was brought up in a work-house. From an early nge the children had to work hard, wear other peoples cast-off

56 Essentia/ Course

clothes and eat only oatmeal. Most of the teachers were ignorant and treated the children very cruelly. 6. No prompting, please. She does know the lesson, she is just a little nervous. 7. You must fill in the blank/form and sign here. 8. Gemmas plain white dress was very becoming to her/became her very much. 9. Princess Maria was plain, but the smile brightening her face was charming.

10. Irene always dressed simply but tastefully/in good taste.

11. The boys eyes were bright/were shining with excitement.

12. Judy realized her mistake only when her friends began to laugh. 13. What he needs now is fresh air and plain food. 14. At times it seemed to her that she would not be able to get over such grief. But she had a son to take care of. 15. I am not used to working with a cassette recorder yet. 16. The trouble is that Ive lost the tickets and cant find them.

Ex. XII, p. 170

1. The trouble with the book is that its boring me to death

2. It will take me at least a month to catch up with the group

3. What did you buy with the money you got from you father 4.1 needanalarmclocktowakemeupin time. 5. Ive been writing! the letter on and off/off and on for two days, now Ive finished i« at last. 6.1 was perfectly sure to be put down at the desk next td the girl whom I didnt like to sit with. 7. His visit was a surprise) to me, I didnt know he was in town. 8. When I come across some English words which I dont know, I always look them up in the! dictionary. 9. In his speech he pointed out all the drawbacks ofl our work. 10. The drills on the English sounds bore me at timesj but I know that they are very useful. 11. He helped me a lot with! my mathematics, and Im much obliged to him for it.

Ex. XIII, p. 170

1. You must catch up with the group no matter how hard youi have to work. 2. He bored me to death with stories about hisl adventures. 3. He has at least five mistakes in every test. 4. The trouble is that Ive got only fifty kopecks/with/on/about mel What can I buy with this money? 5. No matter how many new! words there are in the text, I look all of them up in my dictionary.! 6. You make mistakes in every other sentence. 7.1 have time and! again/I have repeatedly told Boris Petrov, a sophomore/a second! year student, that if he wants to pass the exam, he should studji harder. 8. All the students are expected/supposed to know when!

Unit Five 57

the examinations begin. 9. Its difficult to confess/admit that you are wrong, but he had to do it/he was forced to do it. 10. I know that I have done wrong, but at least I have realized that I shouldnt have acted (in) that way/like that. 11. Oliver liked this lively/high-spirited/active bright boy very much, and they became friends. 12.1 am obliged to you for your help. 13. You should read more, it will enable you to considerably enlarge your vocabulary. 14. He was staring at me blankly as though he didnt hear what I was saying. 15. Why should you get excited about/over so much trifles? 16. The teacher pointed out the worst/grossest mistakes in the dictation and plainly and clearly explained the rules one should use/to be used to avoid them. 17. Describe in detail your impressions of the trip. 18.1 liked his bright mind and plain speech. 19. "What has agitated/excited,the class so much?" — "Apiece of news/News they have found exciting: they are going to have a new geometry teacher." 20. They used to be good friends. I cant imagine why they have quarrelled. 21. The old man pointed to the picture (hanging/ that hung) on the opposite wall.

* Ex. XV a), p. 171

Дорогой Длинноногий дядюшка!

Вы никогда не отвечаете на мои вопросы, никогда не проявляете ни малейшего интереса к моим делам. Я нисколько не сомневаюсь, что вы выбрасываете мои письма в корзину для мусора, даже не прочитав. Поэтому впредь я буду писать только об учебе.

На прошлой неделе у меня была переэкзаменовка по латыни и геометрии. Оба экзамена я сдала, и теперь я второкурсница.

С каникул я вернулась две недели назад. Жаль было уезжать с фермы, но я была рада снова оказаться в колледже. Приятно возвращаться к тому, что тебе знакомо, а в колледже я уже начинаю себя чувствовать как дома.

Я начала изучать химию, очень необычный предмет, совершенно непохожий на все то, что я учила раньше. А еще я записалась на логику. И на всемирную историю. И на пьесы Вильяма Шекспира. И еще на французский.

Я бы предпочла записаться не на французский, а на экономику, но мне не хватило духу: испугалась, что если на втором курсе я опять не возьму французский, то профессор завалит меня на экзамене (который я таки сдала). Июньс

58 Essential Course

кую сессию я одолела еле-еле, но в свое оправдание могу сказать, что в старших классах школы меня учили не очень-то хорошо.

А вот вам еще новость: я стала литератором. Мое стихотворение «Взгляд из башни» будет напечатано в февральском номере нашего «Ежемесячника», причем на первой полосе, что для первокурсницы очень большая честь. Вчера вечером мой преподаватель английского остановил меня по дороге из колледжа в общежитие и сказал, что мое произведение прелестно, за исключением шестой строки, в которой слишком много стоп.

Но иногда меня охватывает жуткий страх: а вдруг я все-таки не гений?

Искренне Ваша, Джуди

Ex. VI, р. 181

I. In Great Britain the course of study for intending teachers is based on compulsory and optional subjects. 2. The Programme usually consists of three core components. Do you! know what they are? 3. Are you going to specialize in Education? 4. It is important for a student to learn the use о different visual aids for/in/during his block-teaching practiced 5. My school practice began when I was in the first year. 6. A" our department examinations are held at the end of each term^ before each examination the students are given several day which they spend (on/in) revising the material. 7. The Englis club organized by the students is concerned with extra curricular activities. 8. Do you enjoy your lectures on Theor: of Education? Are they supplemented by/with seminars?

Ex. X,p. 182

Итак, мы в Оксфорде. Стоит лишь очутиться на его широких, чистых улицах, как сразу становится очевидно, чт перед тобой старейший образовательный центр Англии/ко лыбель английского образования. Везде молодые люди в че~ ных мантиях и академических шапочках с плоским квад ратным верхом. Студенты Оксфордского университета обла чены в широкие черные одеяния, доходящие до середин: бедра, а выпускники обычно ходят в мантиях до колен, которым полагается — по крайней мере в торжественны

I

Unit Six PAGE59

случаях — капюшон с шелковой подкладкой цвета, предписываемого их факультетом/по которому можно определить их факультет.

Железнодорожный вокзал Оксфорда расположен примерно в полумиле от района, где сосредоточена большая часть колледжей: Колледж королевы. Университетский колледж, Колледж Св. Магдалины и многие другие.

Все они в совокупности и составляют Оксфордский университет.

На его центральных органах лежат организация лекций по всем предметам, проведение экзаменов и присуждение академических степеней, а сами колледжи занимаются обеспечением своих студентов жильем, а также проведением семинаров и консультаций. В Оксфордском и Кембриджском университетах огромное значение придается именно такой форме занятий. Преподаватели проводят их в своих кабинетах не реже одного раза в неделю, а число участвующих в них студентов не превышает четырех.

Любители старинной архитектуры найдут в Оксфорде немало интересного. Здания многих колледжей являют собой изумительную картину: древние жемчужно-серые стены, величественные башни, живописные готические арки. Перед каждым колледжем расстилается гладкая, как бархат, зеленая лужайка — в то, что подобные лужайки существуют, можно поверить, только увидев их своими собственными глазами, — а летом многие колледжи окружены великолепными цветниками.

UNIT SIX

Ex. I, p. 193

Pattern 1:1. You neednt have answered this question. It was not meant for you. 2. He neednt have spoken so long, it bored everybody. 3. She neednt have got excited over a little thing like that. 4. Need you have bothered such a busy man with this unimportant question? 5. Why have you come to meet me? You neednt have bothered.

PAGE60 Essential Course

Ex. II, p. 193 (possible variants)

Pattern 2:1. Today she has been answering her task even better than usual. 2. Are you ill? You are looking paler than usual. 3. The way to his office seemed to him on that day longer than usual. 4. He was in love, and the sun seemed to shine brighter than usual. 5. He is here already, he has come earlier than usual. 6. The soup tastes even better/worse than usual. 7. Unfortunately today Ill return later than usual.

Pattern 3:1. She addressed us angrily in that harsh voice/ tone of hers. 2. Did you happen to see that charming fiance of Mirandas? 3.1 didnt want to come up to you because you were so busy speaking to that dear old mother of yours. 4.1 dont like the way she treats that miserable dog of hers. 5. I wish I knew how I should bring up/how to bring up this dear little son of mine. 6. No one any longer believes those tales of his. 7. If I were you, I should throw away these old shoes of yours. 8. Who could have done such a thing but that good-for-nothing cousin of yours? 9.1 have heard a lot about that latest blockbuster of Stephen Spielbergs.

Ex. Ill, p. 193

1. You neednt have come here so early. No one has arrived; yet. 2. Because of/On account of those tight shoes of hers she was hardly able to walk. We got to the bus stop later than usual and to be sure/and of course, the bus had already gone. 3. That day/On that day Judy was ill and feeling more miserable than usual. She didnt believe her eyes when she was brought a large box full of rose-buds — a gift from that mysterious guardian of hers.

Ex. I, p. 203

B. 3. Its rather a funny story. — Это довольно-таки смешная история.

I was rather surprised. — Я был несколько удивлен./Это меня несколько удивило.

Не went rather pale. — Он заметно побледнел.

I could see he was rather taken aback. — Судя по его виду, это предложение застало его врасплох.

4.1. If he couldnt get something to do, hed commit suicide, — If he couldnt find a job, hed commit suicide/kill himself.

2.1 got some glimmering of what he was driving at. — / got a vague idea of/I began to understand what he was getting at.

Unit Six 61

3. I had a lot of work to do that morning and I only just managed to get to the creek of Tarumi at half past twelve. — I was very busy that morning and I only just managed to reach the creek of Tarumi at half past twelve.

4. We didnt get the body for about three days. — We didnt find the body for some three days.

5. Well, I hadnt got a vacancy in my office at the moment. — Well, I didnt have/There was no vacancy in my office at that time.

Ex. II, p. 203

«Это довольно-таки смешная история, — начал он. — Парень он был неплохой. Мне (он) нравился. Всегда хорошо одет, всегда опрятен. И по-своему красив — кудрявый, белокожий, румяныйЧ-Женщины от него просто млели. Вреда от него в общем-то не было никакого, просто человек он был необузданный, только и всего./Да и человек он был незлой, просто необузданный, только и всего. Ну и конечно же, он пил. Такие всегда пьют. Раз в квартал ему присылали из Англии немного денег, и еще примерно столько же он выигрывал в карты. У меня он тоже выиграл немало — это я хорошо помню».

Он не двинулся с места и заметно побледнел, а потом, немного поколебавшись, сказал, что ему в последнее время не везло в карты. Вместо того чтобы, как прежде, играть в бридж, он перешел на покер и проигрался в пух и прах. У него не осталось ни гроша. Он заложил все, что имел, не может оплатить свой гостиничный счет, и ему больше не дают в долг. Он потерял все. Ксли он не найдет себе работу, то покончит с собой.

— Плавать?!

Я едва верил своим ушам — уж больно нелепо это прозвучало/уж больно нелепым был его ответ.

— Я представлял на соревнованиях свой университет. До меня дошло, на что он намекает, но впечатления на

меня это не произвело. Уж слишком много я повидал на своем веку людей, которые были в своих университетах этакими маленькими божками.

— В молодости я тоже неплохо плавал, — заметил я. Внезапно меня осенило.

62 Essential Course

Ex. Ill, p. 203

a) handsome { h ae n s (a) m ] well-dressed { –weIdrest] quarter { kwo:ta] experience{ ikspi(a)rians ]

lose{ lu:z]

suicide { s(j)u:isaid] pausing { po:zin] current { клгэги] aback { эЬэек] shoulderfjaulda] drowned { draund]

b) wild { waild] rather { гайэ] curl { кз:1] pawn { po:n] pass { pais]

constitution { к t>n s 11 tj uj{ э) n] dissipation { disi pe ij{э)n ] beacon { biikan] question { kwestf(a)n ] half { ha:f] vacancy { vetkansi] poker { pauka] trifle { traif(a)l]

Ex. V, p. 204

1. handsome in a way; 2. to know from/by ones own experience; 3. He could lose money at bridge with a good grace. 4. to have bad luck at cards; 5. He didnt want to stick to bridge. 6. He was all to pieces. 7. I understand what he was driving at. 8.1 landed at the creek of Tarumi. 9. on account of; 10. He never turned up.

Ex. VI, p. 204

1. She has curled her hair. — Она завила волосы.

The old man was curling his long moustache. — Старик подкручивал свои длинные усы.

Does her hair curl naturally or does she curl it in curlers? — Ее волосы вьются от природы или она накручивает их на бигуди?

Unit Six 63

The smoke from our camp-fires curled upwards among the trees. — Между деревьями поднимались клубы дыма от наших костров.

I dont like the way she curls her lip when talking to me. — Мне не нравится, что, разговаривая со мной, она презрительно кривит губы.

The child curled up in the armchair and went to sleep. — Ребенок свернулся калачиком в кресле и заснул.

I dont like curled hair. — Мне не нравятся завитые волосы.

I liked that plump curly-headed little boy. — Мне нравился этот пухленький кудрявый мальчуган.

The girl had long curls over her shoulders. — У девушки были длинные локоны/Кудри, ниспадающие на плечи.

How do you keep your hair in curl? — Что ты делаешь, чтобы у тебя не развивались волосы?

Soon we saw the curls of smoke rise upwards. — Вскоре мы увидели поднимающиеся вверх клубы дыма.

2. Не fell and broke his leg. — Он упал и сломал ногу.

Who broke the window? — Кто разбил окно?

Glass breaks easily. — Стекло легко бьется.

The mother broke the bread in two and gave each child и piece. — Мать разломила хлеб пополам и дала каждому ребенку по куску.

The vase fell and broke to pieces. — Ваза упала и разбилась вдребезги.

Не was completely broken as a result of the failure of his business. — В результате банкротства своей фирмы он полностью разорился.

She was broken after her husbands death. — После смерти мужа она была совершенно разбита.

to break the law — нарушить закон

to break a promise/ones word — нарушить/не сдержать обещания/слова

to break an appointment — не прийти на назначенную встречу

She broke the appointment. = She did not keep it. — Она не пришла на встречу (в назначенное время и место).

Не cant break with his bad habits. — Он не может отделаться от своих вредных привычек.

64 Essential Course

When she came in, he broke off. — Когда она вошла, он замолчал.

Не broke off in the middle of a sentence. — Он вдруг умолк на полуслове.

A fire broke out during the night. — Ночью начался пожар.

The partisans broke through the enemy lines. — Партизаны прорвались через боевые порядки противника.

I feel tired, lets have a break. — Я устал, давай сделаем перерыв.

We have been working since nine oclock without a break. — –Мы работаем с девяти часов без перерыва.

3. to stick a stamp on a letter — наклеить на письмо марку to stick a notice on a board — наклеить на доску объявление

These stamps wont stick. — Эти марки никак не хотят приклеиваться/никак не приклеиваются.

The nickname stuck to him. — Это прозвище так к нему и прилипло.

Friends should stick together. — Друзья должны держаться вместе/поддерживать друг друга.

You must stick to your promise. — Вы не должны нарушать свое обещание.

Though Tom saw that nobody believed him, he stuck to his words. — Хотя Том видел, что никто ему не верит, он упорно стоял на своем.

The girl stuck a flower in her hair. — Девушка воткнула в волосы цветок.

Не stuck his hands in his pockets. — Он засунул руки в карманы.

The splinter stuck in my finger. — Эта заноза сидит у меня в пальце.

The саг stuck in the mud. — Машина застряла в грязи. The key stuck in the key-hole. — Ключ застрял в замочной скважине.

4. Не drove the horses into the forest. — Он загнал лошадей в лес.

Hes learning to drive. — Он учится водить машину. Shall we drive home or walk? — Мы поедем домой на машине или пойдем пешком?

Unit Six 65

Note:-

Не jumped on his horse and rode away. — Он вскочил на коня

и ускакал/уехал.

Не rode over on his bicycle to see me yesterday. — Вчера он

приезжал на своем велосипеде, чтобы повидать меня.

We drove up to the house. — Мы подъехали к дому.

I could not understand what he was driving at. — Я не мог взять в толк, к чему он клонит.

We had a nice drive. — Мы неплохо прокатились (на машине).

Shall we go for a drive round the town? — Прокатимся no

городу?

bus-driver — водитель автобуса tram-driver — вагоновожатый taxi-driver — таксист engine-driver — машинист

5. There was a short pause while the next speaker got on to the platform. — Наступила короткая пауза, во время которой на помост взобрался следующий оратор.

A pause is made because of doubt, hesitation or for the sake of expressiveness when speaking, singing, reading, etc. — Человек делает паузу, когда сомневается или колеблется, а также ради большей выразительности в речи, пении, чтении вслух и т.п.

The speaker made a short pause to stress his words. — Оратор/Докладчик сделал небольшую паузу, чтобы подчеркнуть сказанное/то, что он собирался сказать.

Не paused to collect his thoughts. — Он замолчал, чтобы собраться с мыслями.

Не went on without pausing. — Он продолжал, не делая пауз/не останавливаясь.

Note: –.

Не paused until the noise stopped. — On замолчал и подождал, пока шум не утих.

6. I asked him if he could ring me up and lie nodded. — H спросил его, может ли он позвонить, и он кивнул.

66 Essential Course

She nodded to me as she passed. — Проходя мимо, она мне кивнула.

Note:-

The servant bowed and left the room. — Слуга поклони. i?

и вышел из комнаты.

She sat in the armchair nodding over her book. — Она сиде ла в кресле с книгой и клевала носом/дремала.

7. The death of Davys mother was the ruin of his hopes. Смерть матери означала для Дэйви крушение всех его надежд разрушила все надежды Дэйва.

Не brought his family to ruin. — Он довел свою семью д

разорения.

the ruins of Rome — развалины Рима

The enemy left the city in ruins. — Неприятель оставил город в развалинах/превратил город в руины.

Не knew that he himself had ruined his life by stealing the money. — Он знал, что сам разрушил свою жизнь, когда ук-] рал деньги.

The fellow ruined himself by card-playing. — Он прои рал все свое состояние в карты./Он разорился из-за игры карты.

8. The gymnast rubbed his hands with talc. — Гимнаст на

тер руки тальком.

The dog rubbed its nose against my coat. — Собака поте лась носом о мое пальто.

Не rubbed his face/hands dry. — Он насухо вытер лицо

руки.

Rul the oil in well. — Хорошенько вотри масло.

Rub the words off the blackboard. — Сотрите слова с доски

She rubbed all the pencil marks out. — Она стерла все ка рандашные пометки.

His manner of rubbing his hands gets on my nerves. — Его! манера (довольно) потирать руки действует мне на нервы.

She gave the spoons a good rub. — Она хорошенько протер-^ л а ложки.

Unit Six PAGE67

9. The telephone booth was vacant, and I was able to telephone at once. — В телефонной будке никого не было, и я смог позвонить сразу.

vacant seat — свободное/незанятое место

vacant room — свободный номер (в гостинице), свободная комната

vacant house — пустой дом; дом, где никто не живет vacant flat — свободная квартира; квартира, где нет жильцов

a vacant post/position — свободный пост, свободная должность, свободное место a vacant mind — тупость, полное отсутствие мыслей a free person-^– свободный человек a free state — свободное государство

a free will — свободная воля; свобода воли, собственное желание, своя воля (в выражении to do smth. of ones own free will — сделать что-л. по собственному жела-вию/по своей воле) You are ndt engaged now, are you? — Вы сейчас не заняты, не так ли?/Вы ведь сейчас не помолвлены?

I have spare time today. — Сегодня у меня есть свободное время.

Ive got spare cash about me and can lend you 3 or 5 roubles. — У меня при себе есть кое-какие лишние деньги, и я могу одолжить тебе трешку или пятерку.

Не had loose clothes on. — На нем была свободная одежда.

All the window frames in my flat are loose. — В моей квартире все оконные рамы разболтались.

We have a vacancy on our staff. — У нас в штате есть вакансия/вакантное место.

We advertised for a secretary to fill the vacancy. — Мы дали объявление в газете, что нам требуется секретарша.

Ex. IX а), р. 204

1. As he was busy yesterday, he couldnt join our company. 2.1 tried to get him on the phone, but the line was busy/engaged. As I was busy, I decided to ring him up later. 3. "Is the place next to you vacant/free?" — "No, it is occupied." 4. When I entered the hall, all the seats were occupied, and I could hardly find a vacant/free seat. 5. "Will you be free tomorrow? Lets go to the country." — "No, Ill be busy at my office." 6. "Lets find a vacant

PAGE68 Essential Course

classroom and rehearse our dialogue there." — "Im afraid at this hour all the rooms are sure to be occupied." 7. Have you any free/ spare time today? 8. At this late hour all taxies will be busy. 9.1 am young, healthy and free to do as I please.

Ex. X, p. 205

1. She stuck a few stamps on the letter and dropped it into the mail-box/letter-box/pillar-box. 2. The friends always stuck together. 3. The key stuck in the lock, and I couldnt open the door. 4. "Are you busy today?" — "Unfortunately I will hardly have any spare time." 5. His only sons death ruined all his hopes. 6. "Are there any vacant rooms in the hotel?" — "Unfortunately all the rooms are occupied." 7. London fogs are ruinous to health. 8. Has everybody copied out these sentences? I am going to rub them off the blackboard. 9. He had a strange habit of rubbing his hands (together) when he was excited. 10. Cold, hunger/starvation and-want/indigence ruined Hurstwoods health. 11. The speaker paused to collect his thoughts. 12. You neednt worry, he is a good driver. 13. A shot broke the silence. Mr. Curtel who had been peacefully nodding/dozing in his armchair jumped up and began to look about/round/around. 14. I didnt like swimming in the river on account of /because of the strong current. 15. The teacher waited/The teacher paused till everybody stopped talking and only then went on with his explanation. 16. They broke off as soon as I entered. 17. He promised to help me but broke his promise. 18. On seeing me he curled his lip and just nodded by way of salute/greeting (in salute).

Ex. XV, p. 207

1. My sisters husband was killed in the war, and soon after that her elder child died of pneumonia. No wonder, she was all to pieces/completely broken. 2. He went broke because he played cards and drank a lot. When I met him, he was down and out. Yet, he had always been a nice man, and there was no harm in him. 3.1 got some glimmering of what she was driving at. 4. "She is rather a good cook, isnt she?" — "Those sort о women always are." 5. Women think a lot of those sort of men. 6. You said you didnt turn up at the exam on Monday because you were all to pieces. I dont believe it. Im sure you just funked it. 7. Couldnt you lend me a bit more money? I am down and out.

Unit Six 69

Ex. XXI, p. 208

1. This book is ratherdull, you had better take another. 2. The suitcase is rathersmall, lam afraid you wont be able to pack all your clothes in/into it. 3. "Would you like another cup of tea?" — "Yes, rather." 4. This news rather excited him. 5.1 would rather take this record. 6. He is ignorant rather than stupid./He is rather ignorant than stupid. 7. We were rather surprised at his early arrival. 8. She looked rather tired after her two-kilometre walk. 9. She seemed to me rather a good-looking girl/a rather good-looking girl.

Ex. I, p. 216

tobogganing { to bDgan in] санный спорт yachting { jot in] парусный спорт; плавание на яхте lawn-tennis { –1 acntenis] теннис wrestling { reslin] борьба

athletics { a;6letiks] легкая атлетика (= track-and-field) gymnastics { d3im naestiks] гимнастика calisthenics { .kaelis Beniks] художественная гимнастика billiards { biljadz] бильярд ^ draughts { dra:fts] шашки

tournament { tuanamont. tainomant] турнир enthusiast { nt* 9ju:zfEest] энтузиаст soccer { sDka] футбол (классический) rugger { глдэ] — регби (=rugby) court { ko:t] корт

amateur{ .a:m31з:, агтэ1э, агтэ1Г(и)о] любитель (в спор те и др. видах деятельности)

Ex. IV, р. 217

wrestling — wrestler cycling (велосипедный спорт) — cyclist weight-lifting (тяжелая атлетика) — weight-lifter swimming — swimmer

diving (ныряние; прыжки в воду) — diver running — runner

mountaineering (альпинизм) — mountaineer boxing — boxer skiing — skier

racing (гонки; скачки) — racer (гонщик; скакун) hunting — hunter

playing football — footballer, football-player

70 Essential Course

playing chess — chess player r playing draughts — draught-player

athletics — athlete J

skating — skater \ playing volley-ball — volley-ball player

playing basketball — basketballer, basketball player I

playing hockey — hockey player J

Ex. V a), p. 217 Sport is very popular in Britain. In other words a lot of British^ people like the idea of sport, a lot even watch sport, especially on! the TV. However, the number who actively take part in sport ufl probably quite small. On the whole British people prefer to be fad rather than fit. |

The most popular spectator sport is football. Football is! played on a Saturday afternoon in most British towns and the! fans or supporters of a particular team will travel from one end! of the country to the other to see their team play. I

Many other sports are also played in Britain, including golfl in which you try to knock a ball into a hole; croquet in which youl try to knock a ball through some hoops; basketball in which youl try to get a ball into a net; tennis in which you try to hit a ball sol that your opponent cannot hit it and cricket which is played with! a ball, but is otherwise incomprehensible. As you can see, if thfl ball had not been invented, there would have been no sport.

Actually thats not quite true. Athletics is not played with M ball, nor is horse-racing. Perhaps that explains why they are no« so popular as football.

Ex. VII, p. 218

shout for his/ones team — to raise ones voice in support ofl his/ones team while it is playing

is in good form today — is in good shape today, is in a gooe condition of health and training today

lost the toss — To decide or choose smth. people ofte* (especially in sports) toss a coin, i. e. throw it lightly into the ail to see which side of it will be up when it falls. If you say "tails4 ("решка") and it falls with the tails up, you win. But if it falld with the heads ("орел") up, you lose. I

to play with/against the wind — It is easier for a football team to play when the wind if there is one is blowing in their backs!

Unit Six PAGE71

i. e. they are "playing with the wind" than when it is blowing in their faces, i. e. they are playing against it. If the captain loses the toss (see above), his team has to play with their faces to the wind in the first time, but in the second time the teams change places.

to kick off — to begin a game of football by kicking the ball Come on! — 1. Thy harder! Make an effort! 2. Hurry up! 3. Cheer up!

the game of his life — the most important game of his life, the game that could decide his future and be the making of him (вывести его в люди)

3 minutes to go — There are three minutes left.

Ex. VIII, p. 218

1.1 prefer track-and-field/track and field athletics/(Br) ath-letics/((7S) track to boxing, and wrestling. 2. I am dreaming of setting (up) a record in swimming. 3. I cant run today. Im in bad form/shape (out of form/shape). 4. People all over the world follow Olympic Games. 5. He spends a lot of time on athletic training. 6. I support /I am a fan of the football team "Spartak". 7. Our game ended in a draw. 8. He will willingly/ gladly/readily coach us in fencing. 9. Do you do/play/go in for track-and-field? 10. Wind-surfing and hang gliding have appeared quite recently. 11. The boy is dreaming of becoming a hockey player and asking his parents to buy him a stick and a puck/asking for a stick and a puck. 12. How many people are going to take part in the Institute chess competition?

13. Wouldnt you like to win the cup in this competition?

14. Who was the first to kick/score a goal? 15. Are you going to (attend) this match? 16. Archery has become rather a popular sport. 17. No one expected them to win with the score of two to nil. 18. He is good at figure skatin,. 19. "Women dont play football, do they?" — "Yes, they do but rarely." 20. "Who won our Institute draughts competition?" — "One of the freshmen/ first-year students." 21. Its not worth joining two sports circles at a time. 22.1 prefer calisthenics to any other sport. 23. We wont be able to compete with you, we are out of form/shape. 24. "Are you going to take part in the rowing competition?" — "Sure/ Certainly." 25. I am sure that the game will end in a draw/the game will be drawn. 26. We have a splendid gym and all the opportunities for good athletic training.

Ex. XrV,p. 221

1.1 seem to know this man. He used to be an excellent runnel and now he coaches/trains young sportsmen. 2. "Can it be truf that he didnt take part in the cup game?" — "Yes, he waf unlucky/ he had bad luck. On the eve of the game he was laid upj fell ill with pneumonia." 3.1 could hardly believe my ears when 1 heard that our Institute team had won with the score of six to ni] (US six to zero). 4. You neednt have hurried. The competitiol wont be held on account of bad weather. 5. He was awfully upsel when he was told that his team had lost. 6. My elder sister haa been practising calisthenics for three years. 7. Im glad that todays game ended in a draw. We may have lost because many oi us were out of form. 8. The track and field events have not begur yet. 9. Who set (up) the latest world record in the high jump?

Ex. XV, p. 221

Что-то странное творится на этой узкой дороге к западу oi городка. По всей ее длине медленно движется сплошной по ток — поток, состоящий из людей в серо-зеленых матерчаты: кепках.

Эти люди только что побывали на стадионе футбольном клуба «Браддерсфорд юнайтед ассосиэйшн». Сказать, что вс< они заплатили по своему кровному шиллингу за то, чтобы по наблюдать, как двадцать два наемника гоняют по полю мяч, — это все равно что заявить: скрипка — это просто дерево плкх кетгут, а «Гамлет» — просто бумага плюс чернила. За один единственный шиллинг «Браддерсфорд юнайтед» подарил ваа зрелище, в коем соединились Борьба и Искусство; он превра тил вас в критика, с упоением рассуждающего о тончайшиз нюансах игры, готового мгновенно оценить достоинства хорО шо рассчитанного паса, пробега вдоль боковой линии, быс рого, как молния, удара по воротам, ответного удара вратар или защитника; он сделал из вас энтузиаста, который не дыш застывает, когда мяч влетает в ворота/во вратарскую площад ку его команды, впадает в экстаз, когда ее нападающие мчат ся к воротам противника, который испытывает то восторг, т уныние, то горечь, то триумф в зависимости от того, удачн или нет складываются дела у его любимцев, который видит, как с помощью мяча создаются новые «Илиады» и «Одиссеи». Но и это еще не все — благодаря «Браддерсфорд юнайтед» в вступили в новое сообщество, все члены которого на протяжении полутора часов ощущали себя родными братьями, ибо каждый из вас не просто сбежал от неумолимого железного лязга повседневной жизни: от работы, зарплаты, квартплаты, пособий по безработице, выплат по больничным, карточек социального страхования, ворчливых жен, хворающих детей, плохих начальников и ленивых работников — но сбежал вместе с большинством своих друзей и соседей с доброй половиной города, и вы все вместе кричали, подбадривая свою команду, и хлопали друг друга по плечам, и обменивались мнениями, словно короли. Пройдя через турникет, вы очутились в ином, великолепном мире, мире, где есть боль Борьбы, но также есть красота и страсть Искусства. Ну и кроме всего прочего, за свой шиллинг вы получили тему для разговоров, которой за глаза хватит вам на всю неделю.

UNIT SEVEN

Ex. I, p. 230

Pattern 1:1. There is hardly another hockey team of equal popularity. 2. There was hardly a world championship he missed.

Theres hardly a vacancy on our staff. 4. We have hardly got any more time but you can finish the composition off at home.

There was hardly a living soul at the stadium. 6. There is hardly any reason for their losing the game.

Pattern 2: 1. The coach made the athletes postpone their training. 2. The strangers made Roger drive up to the back yard, and he obeyed. 3. They will never make Andrew break his promise. 4. The conversation made her feel uneasy. 5. Nothing will make liim break with his bad habits, no matter what you are saying.

Ex. Ill, p. 231

1. There is hardly a country the old seaman hasnt been to. 2. There is hardly another city with such a population as Tokyo/ with as big a population as in Tokyo. 3. They hardly had another opportunity to free the Gadfly. 4. There is hardly a person who doesnt like puppet shows. 5. Horrible! There is hardly another word to describe my condition/to describe how I felt at that

74 Essential Course

moment. 6. There was hardly a chess competition he missed. 7. There is hardly another coach as attentive and patient as this one. 8. What made your brother give up boxing? 9. The two young thieves made Oliver climb through the window. 10. Dorian thought that nothing would make him break his promise to Sybil Vane. 11. The actor* performance made the spectators not only feel but also think. 12. What made Byron fight on the side of the Greeks? 13. Wha made Lanny return to Stilveld? 14. This episode made my siste laugh and upset/saddened me.

Ex. II, p. 239

more than/over a million tons, millions of people, tw hundred lakes, 600 feet deep, hundreds of miles, the Thames is little over 200 miles long, hundreds of small islands, the tot area of the United Kingdom is some/is about 94,250 square mile or 244,000 square kilometres and its population is/totals 5 million people

Ex. Ill, p. 239

a) the British Isles { 6c.bntiJ"ailz] Great Britain { ,greit "bntn] Ireland { aialand]

the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Irelan { di juinaitid kindam aV, greit bntn and no:d(a) aialand] England { ingland] Wales { wcilz] Scotland { skntland] the Irish Republic { di,ain.f прлЬИк] Eirefetn, е(э)гэ] Britain { bntn] the Highlands { da hailandz]

Norwayfn3:we| ] theFens{ da fenz] Holland { (inland] Manchester { ma;nt Jasla] Sheffield { Jefi:ld] Europe { ju:<a)rap]

theStraitsof Dover { da,stmts av dauva]

France{ (ra:ns]

the North Sea { da. пэ:8 si:]

Unit Seven 75

the Hebrides { hebndiz]

the Orkney Islands { d i ,э: к n i ailands]

the Shetland Islands { da. Jet land ailandz]

the Lowlands { laulandz]

the Bristol Channel { da– bristl tjaenl]

the Dee { da di:]

the Mersey { da msisi]

the Cheviotsfda tjeviats]

the Pennines { da penainz]

the Cumbrian Mountains { бэ.клтЬпэп mauntmz]

the Lake District { бэ * leik –distnkt]

the Cambrian Mountains { бэ, kEembrian mauntinz]

the Severn { da sev(a)n]

the Clyde { da klaidl

the Thames { da temz]

the Tyne { da tain]

theTay { da tei]

the Forth { da foiGJ

the Bristol Avon { da –bristl eiv(a)n]

b) advantage { adva:nlid3] преимущество; достоинство canal { ka nsel] канал channel { t/senl] пролив

comparatively { kam paerativli] сравнительно, относительно

desolate { dcsalat] пустынный, безлюдный

determine { d I* t з: m i n ] определять

estuary { estjuari, estjari] устье (реки); дельта (реки)

extremely { i kstгi:mIi] чрезвычайно, исключительно, необыкновенно и т.п.

glorious { д 1 э: г i a s ] великолепный, прекрасный, восхитительный

heather { h с d a ] вереск

indentation { . indenteij(a)n) 1. зубец, выемка; 2. углубление, извилина (берега) manufacture { ,mжnju faektja]изготавливать, производить moor { mua] пустошь navigable { na:vigab(a)l] судоходный occasionally { a kei5(a)nali] время от времени plough { plau] 1. плуг; 2. пахать scenery { si:n а г i] 1. пейзаж; 2. декорация (-ии)

i

76 Essential Course

strait { streit] пролив

total { taut 1] общий, совокупный

vague { veig] смутный, неясный

value Г vaelju: J1. ценность, важность; 2. оценивать, давать оценку (в денежном выражении); ценить (что-л.), дорожить (чем-л.)

vary { " veari] меняться), изменять(ся); разнообразить

wander f wDnda] бродить; скитаться

wheat f.wi:t] пшеница

wind I { wind] ветер

wind II { waind] виться, извиваться (о дороге, реке и т.п.)

c) пахать — to plough, ploughed течь — to flow, flowed, flowed, flowing извиваться — to wind, wound { waund], wound, winding меняться — 1. to vary, varied, varied, varying; 2. to change,

changed,changed,changing бродить — 1. to roam, roamed, roamed, roaming; 2. to

wander, wandered, wandered, wandering ценить — t. to value, valued, valued, valuing; 2. t

appreciate, appreciated, appreciated, appreciating снабжать — to supply, supplied, supplied, supplying ломать — to break, broke, broken, breaking выращивать — 1. to grow, grew, grown, growing; 2. tcj

cultivate, cultivated, cultivated, cultivating

d) deer — deer sheep — sheep fish — fish

mouth — mouths { maudz] foot — feet

Ex. IV, p. 241

1. Shallow water is warmer than deep water. 2. Cornwall isj famous for its rocky cliffs. 3. Its rich soil is deeply cultivatedJ

4. This part of the country is noted for severe/extreme coldJ

5. The UK total area is some 94,250 square miles. 6. There are low-lying/flat fields in the east of England. 7. There are splendid] harbours for ships. 8. In the Northern Highlands of Scotland youll enjoy the sight of wild/desolate mountains. 9. They were making! their way through gentle/rolling/rounded hills. 10. There werel

Unit Seven 77

vast plains stretching for miles and miles. 11. Lowlands is the central plain of Scotland.

Ex. VI, p. 241

1. Can you show the main/most important/major British ports on the map? 2. This map is of no great value. 3. Do you know where the river Severn flows/falls into? 4. Owing to constant rains the rivers of Britain give a good supply of fresh water. 5. What mountains separate England from Scotland? 6. North-east of/To the north-east of Scotland there are some islands. What are they called? 7. According to the map/Judging by the map the Isle of Man is comparatively regular in outline. 8. What can keep the crops from severe cold? 9. A comparatively large part of ploughlancT/arable land in the south-east of England is under wheat. 10. What area of the country are the large coal fields situated in? 11. Within a few miles of/A few miles from London is the town of Croydon where there is a large airport.

A Ex. VII, p. 242

c) солнечный — sunny туманный — foggy дождливый — rainy снежный — snowy скалистый — rocky грязный — dirty дымный — smoky водянистый — watery холмистый — hilly песчаный — sandy сахарный — sugary удлиненный — oblong, elongated предпочтительный — preferable ценный — valuable судоходный — navigable заметный — noticeable отделимый — separable определимый — definable подходящий — suitable

d) variety-show — эстрадный концерт wheat-field — пшеничное поле

78 Essential Course

coal-supplier — поставщик угля ploughman — пахарь heather-moor — вересковая пустошь; пустошь, поросшая

вереском horseshoe — подкова seashore — морской берег

seascape — 1. морской пейзаж; 2. красивый вид на море earthquake — землетрясение

deer-hunting — 1. охота на оленей; 2. охотящийся на оленей

wheat-growing — 1. выращивание пшеницы; 2. выращивающий пшеницу

sheep-breeding — 1. овцеводство; 2. овцеводческий, разводящий овец

crop-gathering — 1. сбор урожая; 2. собирающий урожай! land-ploughing — 1. вспашка земли; 2. пашущий землю, пахотный

snow-ploughing — 1. уборка снега (машинная); 2. снегоуборочный (о технике)

shipbuilding (yards) — судостроительные (верфи) leaf-bearing (trees) — лиственные (деревья) nature-loving (nation) — любящий природу (народ) furbearing (animals) — пушные (звери) ocean-going (steamers) — океанские (суда) food-producing (industries)— пищевые (отрасли)

snow-covered (fields) —покрытые снегом/заснежепные (поля)

smoke-filled (room) — накуренная/задымленная (комната) man-made (canal) — искусственный (канал) grass-covered (plain) — покрытая травой (равнина) see-bound (ship) — идущий в море (корабль) weather-beaten (face) — обветренное (лицо) moonlit (path) — лунная (освещенная/залитая луной) (дорожка)

Ex. VIII, р. 242

1. Look at the map of the British Isles. Do you know what the two largest islands are called? — Great Britain and Ireland. 2. The

Unit Seven 79

right-hand side of the map is the East. What sea is east of Great Britain? — The North Sea. 3. In what direction is the Irish Sea from Great Britain? —It is (to the) west of Great Britain. 4. Point to the body of water which is west of Ireland. What do we call it? — The Atlantic Ocean. 5. Towards the bottom of the map is the South. What is towards the top of the map? — The North is. 6. In what direction is Great Britain from the English Channel? — Great Britain is (to the) north of the English Channel. 7. What country is west of England? — The Irish Republic is. 8. Find the Thames. Rivers always flow towards the sea. In what direction does the Thames flow? — It flows south-east. 9. The Severn flows into the Bristol Channel, doesnt it? — Yes, it does. 10. Where does the Severn rise? — It rises in central Wales. 11. What do we call the highest pact of Scotland? — The Highlands. 12. Find Edinburgh and Glasgow. In what part of Scotland are they situated? — Edinburgh is situated in the south-east of Scotland, and Glasgow is in the south-west. 13. Where are the Cheviot Hills? — They stretch along the border between England and Scotland. 14. In what direction are the British Isles from the mainland? — They are (to the) west of the mainland. 15. What water body separates the British Isles from the Continent? — The English Channel does.

Ex. IX, p. 243

1. Market prices often vary. — Цены на рынке часто меняются.

I try to vary my diet. — Я стараюсь разнообразить свое питание.

Our opinions differ. — Наши мнения расходятся.

This word has two spelling variants. — Это слово можно писать двояко.

There are various reasons for my refusal. — У меня есть ряд причин для отказа.

Ill give you various exercises on that rule. — Я дам вам несколько различных упражнений на это правило.

They are quite different people. — Они совершенно разные люди.

The novel describes the varied career of an adventurer. — В романе описывается пестрая карьера авантюриста.

You must have more variety in your food. — Вы должны питаться более разнообразно.

80 Essential Course

Ive got some rare varieties of such stamps. — У меня есть несколько редких разновидностей таких марок.

There are some rare varieties of leaf-bearing trees in the park. — В парке есть несколько редких разновидностей лиственных деревьев.

2. The duel scene in "Hamlet" impressed us greatly. — Сцена дуэли в «Гамлете» произвела на нас сильное впечатление.

Her acting was wonderful in the last scene. — Она великолепно сыграла в последней сцене.

In the first act the scene is laid in France. — В первом акте действие происходит во Франции.

Trafalgar was the scene of a famous battle between the British fleet and the combined French and Spanish fleets. — Именно у мыса Трафальгар произошло знаменитое сражение между английским флотом и объединенными флотами Франции и Ис-| пании.

I like the way this writer describes rural scenes. — Мне нра-« вится, как у этого писателя описаны сцены сельской жизни.

You could see awful scenes after the earthquake. — После землетрясения можно было увидеть жуткие картины.

The scenery was impressive in the last act. — В последнем действии были эффектные декорации.

They have almost no scenery in that play. — В этой пьесе (у них) почти нет декораций.

I prefer plains to mountain scenery. — Мне больше нравится равнина, чем гористый ландшафт.

I looked out of the window enjoying the scenery. — Я посмотрел в окно, наслаждаясь/любуясь открывающимся передо мною видом.

3. shallow water — мелководье a shallow dish — мелкое блюдо a shallow mind — поверхностный/неглубокий ум a shallow argument — легковесный/несерьезный аргумент shallow interests — несерьезные интересы

a shallow man/person — лекомысленный/пустой/несерь-езный человек

4. the extreme end — самый (дальний) конец, крайняя точка

Unit Seven 81

the extreme edge — самый (дальний) край the extreme border — самая дальняя граница in the extreme North — на Крайнем Севере extreme patience — чрезвычайное терпение extreme love — невероятная любовь extreme kindness — исключительная доброта extreme interest — чрезвычайный интерес to be extremely interested in smth. — чрезвычайно интересоваться чем-л. to be extremely sorry for smb. — жалеть кого-л. до глубины души

5. In our hall Hie students are supplied with all the necessary furniture and bedding. — У нас в общежитии студенты обеспечены всей необходимой мебелью и постельными принадлежностями.

Who will supply the expedition with all the necessary equipment? — Кто снабдит/обеспечит экспедицию всем необходимым оборудованием?

This shop has a large supply of winter coats. — В этом магазине есть большой запас зимних пальто (и курток).

These forests give a good supply of timber. — Эти леса служат хорошим источником древесины.

6.1 dont like the shape of his nose. — Мне не нравится форма его носа.

This sculpture hasnt got much shape, I should say. — Я бы сказал, что эта скульптура какая-то бесформенная.

I want to get a brooch in the shape of a horseshoe. — Я хочу купить/хочу в подарок брошь в форме подковы.

Не had a ragged coat and a shapeless hat on. — На нем были драное пальто и потерявшая форму шляпа.

shapely figure — красивая фигура

8. The literary value of that book is not great. — Литературная ценность этой книги невелика.

I dont believe you realize the value of his advice. — Думаю, ты не осознаешь всю ценность его советов.

In some years his pictures will be of great value. — Через несколько лет его картины будут стоить очень дорого.

82 Essential Course

This book will be of no value in your studies. — Эта книга не даст вам ничего полезного для ваших исследований/занятий.

I greatly value his friendship. — Я высоко ценю его дружбу.

We all appreciate a holiday after a year of hard work. — Мм все понимаем, насколько важен отдых после года тяжелого труда.

I greatly appreciate your kindness. — Я очень ценю вашу доброту.

Не valued the house for me at 800 pounds. — Я попросил его определить, сколько стоит дом, и он оценил его в 800 фун тов.

Its a valuable picture. — Это ценная картина. Ex. X, р. 243

1. The English Channel in its narrowest part (the Strait(s of Dover) is only 32 km wide. 2. The Highlands of Scotland is noted for its wild and desolate beauty. 3. The rivers of Great Britain are of no great value as waterways, some of them are joined by means of canals. 4. The relief of Great Britain varies to a remarkable degree. 5. They took advantage of their stay in; London to brush up their English. 6. The chief grain crops are oats and barley. 7. Rivers in England are seldom frozen. Harbours are ice-free. 8. Next to coal and iron, stone and slate are the most valuable minerals in England. 9. The rich soil of south-east England is well cultivated. 10. The Welsh Mountains are very rocky and difficult toclimb. 11. The seas surrounding the Britis" Isles are very shallow, usually less than 300 feet deep. 12. Britains complex geology is one of the main reasons for i rich variety of scenery. 13. In winter eastern Britain faces the colder continent whereas western Britain faces the comparatively warm Atlantic. 14. In most areas the farmer ploughs only the valley lands and the plains where soils are deeper and richer.; 15. There are various types of wild vegetation, including th natural flora of woods, fens and marshes. 16. The Lake Distric is famous for its scenery.

4

Ex. XI, p. 244

1. Tom Ramsay spent two happy years in (many) different capitals of Europe. 2. Blodwyn, gazing at the dark shapes of mountains before her, knew that rain would fall before nighttime. 3. The semi circular windows were on the level of the floor.

Unit Seven 83

4. He was roaming about/walking the streets with two pence in his pocket and nowhere to go for the night. 5. It was the string of pearls Miss Robinson was wearing and it was estimated at/was worth 50 thousand pounds. 6. Larry had a wonderfully melodious voice with a singular diversity of tone. 7. The children were grateful for the mechanical toys they had never seen before. 8. His hands were long but not large for his size, shapely and at the same time strong. 9. She is twenty years older than me. iO.Unlike the others both could speak good and fluent French. 11. They have just had a terrific row. 12. I used to roam about the sweet-smelling meadows in the evening. 13. He was not interested in your views on the social and moral importance of their relationship. 14. Though she had lost the fresh bloom of early youth, there was not a line on her forehead or under her hazel eyes. 15. The climate is sufficiently diverse for both sub-tropical and sub-arctic plants to be grown in the compass of the British Isles. 16. The British farmer uses a relatively small tract of land producing all kinds of/different products. 17. Tom ran around and stopped a foot or two from the flower. 18. On account of/ Because of numerousrapids the river is not navigable. 19. Julia Pendleton liked to sit cross-legged on the couch just to show her lovely legs in silk stockings.

Ex. XII, p. 244

Just off the coast of the mainland of north-western Europe and only nineteen miles distant from it at the nearest point lies the small group of islands known as the British Isles.

The British Isles include Great Britain, Ireland and a number of small islands. Great Britain consists of England, Scotland and Wales. The southern two thirds of Ireland are occupied by the Irish Republic which borders (on) Northern Ireland.

Great Britain is a region of varied lowlands, rolling hills and few mountains. Although the highest peak, Ben Nevis in the Grampians in Scotland, rises to 4,400 feet, such heights seldom occur. The Pennine Range in northern England rises only slightly over 3,000 feet, as do the Cambrian Mountains in Wales.

In the extreme south of England are the famed chalk hills some of which form the Dover Cliffs.

The rivers of the region are short and in general flow from the central and southern lowlands into the surrounding seas. Many of them are connected with each other by canals. The coasts

84 Essential Course

of the British Isles are washed by the Atlantic Ocean, the Norwegian, North and Irish Seas and two big channels {the English Channel and the North Channel).

Ex. XV a), p. 245

Климат Великобритании определяют теплые течения Атлантического океана. Зимы здесь не отличаются суровыми холодами, а лето редко бывает жарким.

Количество осадков распределено равномерно в течение года.

Небо чаще всего затянуто облаками, пасмурных дней бьг вает значительно больше, чем ясных; солнце как на поберв жье, так и во внутренних областях нередко скрыто туманом. Лондонские туманы, часто очень густые из-за примеси дыма ■ это явление называется смогом, — знамениты на весь мир, но такой славе едва ли стоит завидовать.

Ex. XVI, р. 245

1. Various people we had not expected turned up in the hall.

2. The Angara flows from Lake Baikal (and) into the Yenissey.

3. There is hardly an area in our country where crops are not cultivated/grown. 4. Its amazing/Its a wonder that there are so many fish in such a shallow lake/that such a shallow lake is a home of so many fish. 5. The eagle is a large strong bird with sharp/keen eyesight. It usually lives on cliffs or on mountain tops/on the tops of mountains. 6. The shape of this lonely cliff reminds me of an ancient tower. 7. If you had been able to keep/protect these tulips from the heat, they wouldnt have faded so quickly. 8. Mountain scenery can be found/occurs mainly in the south and east of our/ this country. 9. Many times he has seen reindeer wandering/ roaming about the tundra. 10. Children should be protected/kept from bad influence. 11. Nowadays you will hardly find any blank spaces on the map.

Ex. XVII, p. 246

a) 1. The soil varies within a few miles in many districts, producing a sharp contrast of scenery and flora. 2. The climate of Great Britain differs greatly from that of the Continent. 3. The weather changes very often in England. 4. The face of Scotland differs from that of South East England. 5. The educational system of Great Britain differs from that of the United States.

Unit Seven PAGE85

6. Tastes differ. 7. He looked exactly as she remembered him, as young, as frank, but his expression was changed. 8. The average winter temperature varies between –3C and –7C. 9. What can have happened to change him so much? 10. That is a point on which you and she would certainly differ.

b) 1. Russia has a varied climate because of its vast territory.

2. Various branches of industry are found in Greater London.

3. This good wheat land is quite different from those being cultivated in northern regions. 4. Britain is immensely varied within a small area. 5. The insect fauna in Britain is less varied than that of Continental Europe. 6. He has been to various places of the extreme North. 7. A glance at the map is enough to see how varied the surface of England is. 8. A home in the country is very different from an apartment in the city. 9. I have come across him in recent years on various occasions. 10. The young man nsked me various kinds of questions. 11. The newspapers carried various reports of the storm. 12. What we wear nowadays is quite different from what our ancestors wore. 13. He started to teach me German. He would tell me the German for the various objects we passed, a cow, a horse, a man and so on, and then make me repeat simple German sentences. 14. Through many years of various conditions he kept thinking of his family. 15. Having tried various topics of conversation I felt exhausted.

c) 1. She told Count Borcelli that her necklace was valued at eight thousand pounds. 2. Judging by his words he appreciates your help. 3. Being asked what he thought of a possible change in the plan he said he would appreciate it. 4. But I would not like him ю think that I do not appreciate the honour that he has done me. 5< The picture is valued at a thousand dollars. 6. I suppose only a Frenchman can appreciate to the full the grace of Racine and the music of his verse. 7. Jane Austens work is to be valued primarily its satire. 8. Mr. Cook valued his secretary for her accuracy.

d) 1. She stayed alone in her room refusing to come downstairs. 2. Theirs was a lonely house isolated by the mountains. 3. He felt miserable and lonely. 4. Alone in the house wasMissSarie Villier. 5. Elliot in his well-cut dinner jacket looked elegant as he alone eould look. 6. "Do you know that meeting you for the first time is to me like a lonely traveller coming across some bright flowerlet

PAGE86 Essential Course

in the desert!" said Sir Francis. 7. He was alone when I was ushered in. 8. Frau Becker seemed to look for opportunities of being alone with Larry. 9. The British farmhouse is often sonv distance from a public road. The life there is hard and lonely. 10. Young Jolyon alone among the Forsytes was ignorant of Bosinneys nickname.

Ex. XVIII, p. 247

1. The better the soil is cultivated, the bigger the crop is 2. A vast plain stretches from the Urals/the Ural Mountain Range: to the river Yenissei. 3. The Volga-Don Canal is one of our mai waterways, it is navigable all along. 4. In Vladivostok there is splendid harbour and many Russian and foreign steamers cas anchor in it. 5. The Strait of Dover separates Britain from th continent/the mainland and the North Channel separate Scotland from Ireland. 6. This crop is valuable as fodder. 7. Yo have hardly happened/chanced to enjoy more picturesqu scenery. 8. Most of the ploughland in this area is under wheat 9. Just a mile from the shore we could see distinct/clear outlines shapes of ships riding at anchor in the harbour. 10. Thecoastlin of the Caspian Sea is comparatively/relatively regular in outlin (relatively even), only near the mouth of the Volga the coast i deeply indented and there are a lot of small islands and creeks.

Ex. VI, p. 256

1. When we went camping, we put up our tents on th boundary of the lake. 2. The border/frontier incident wa reported by the newspapers in detail. 3. A border dispute is quarrel about where a border is or ought to be. 4. The rive formed a boundary between these rural districts. 5. The half ruined tower used to be a frontier fortress. 6. The region alon the boundary between England and Scotland is called th Border. 7. A hedge is a fence or a row of bushes or low trees which are planted to form a boundary round a garden or field. 8. Great Britains borders, northern, eastern and southern are formed by seas and oceans.

Ex. VIII, p. 256

1. The western half of our country consists mainly/mostly primarily of low plains, while/whereas the greater part of the eastern half of Russia is covered with mountain chains. 2. I

Unit Seven 87

Siberia the biggest rivers are the Ob, the Yenissei and the Lena. They flow north through a vast area parallel to one another. 3. The climate contrasts are quite striking in Russia. You can find the northerners braving the frosts that reach 70 degrees below zero Centigrade and at one and the same time the southerners basking in the sun on southern seashores lined with green palms. 4. The Leningrad region lies to the north-west of Moscow. 5. Asouthemer/ aneasterneris a person who lives in thesouth/east and anortherner/ westerner is one who lives in the north/west. 6. Devon and Cornwall are situated on the south-western peninsula of England.

Ex. IX, p. 257

There is no other country in the world whose nature is more varied than that of Russia. The western half of the country consists mainly of low plains. The country is divided into two parts by the Ural mountains. The greater part of the eastern half is covered with vast plateaus and mountain chains. Here, on the Kamchatka Peninsula the biggest active volcanoes of the Old World are located.

In the south the plains of the western half of the country are bounded by huge mountain ranges. Here are the countrys highest peaks.

Many of the rivers of Russia are among the worlds greatest. The most important rivers of the western plain are the Volga, the Western Dvina, the Don and the Northern Dvina.

In the Far East the Amur flows into the Pacific.

In lakes, too, our country is extremely rich. Among them are the worlds greatest lake, the Caspian Sea, and the deepest — Lake Baikal.

Ex. XI, p. 257

Our motherland is immense. Its by far the largest and richest country both in Asia and Europe. Its frontier line is the longest in the world.

Natural conditions in Russia vary greatly. If you cross Russia, from the extreme North to the South, you will get a good idea of the climate contrasts, to say nothing of the difference in scenery and vegetation, characteristic of various geographical zones. Siberia is unlike the Urals, the face of Tatary differs from that of the Caucasus. One region is rich in one thing, another is rich in another.

88 Essential Course

Perhaps no countrys geographic location has played such an important part in its history as Russias. Half Europe and half Asia, its history has revolved round/around/about this basic fact.

Ex. XV c), p. 259

The British Character

The national character dies hard wherever you go. And to no; other nation does that apply to a greater degree/extent than to the, English whose nature seems to have a sort of patent for constancy. Its stability and permanence is their most obvious/noticeable feature. They are less liable to bow to newfangled trends and transient fashions than other nations. However, one must emphasize /However, it is noteworthy that for all its stability the English national character is made up/composed of contradictory and even paradoxical traits, some of which strike the eye/leap to the eye whereas others are hardly discernible. So any generalizations concerning the English can be disputed.

A materialistic nation — who ever will question that? — the English have nevertheless given the world generously of mystics, poets and idealists. A nation of colonists, they display an ardent devotion to their own country and home.

Tireless seamen and explorers, they are at the same time keen on gardening. Owing to their inquisitiveness they have learnt the best of what other countries possess, but they have remained faithful to their own. While admiring French cuisine/Though they admire French cooking, the English will not imitate it at home. Law-abiding in the extreme though they are, they adore reading about crimes and violence. An epitome of conformity/ The picture of conformism, they are at the same time out-and-out/inveterate individualists and there are plenty of eccentrics among them.

To all these paradoxes one should probably add another: paradoxical as it is/for all its paradoxically the English character is seldom enigmatic or unpredictable.

* * *

I am not claiming/pretending that the English have never changed. Changes take place all the time./There are always changes. But these differences, so noticeable outwardly/on the outside, do not penetrate deep and reach to the roots. For better or for worse, the primordial features of the English nature still

Unit Eight 89

remain a sort of common denominator and exert a deep influence on the national character and general Uf estyle.

UNIT EIGHT

Ex. I, p. 267

Pattern 1: 1. The scorching heat and lack of fresh water prevented/kept the explorers from reaching the southern boundaries of the desert. 2. The fog prevented/kept the fishermen from seeing the coast-line. 3. Put on my raincoat, it will prevent/keep you from gettingwetforawhile.4.His illness prevented/kept him from taking part in the conference. 5. Her poor knowledge of English prevented/ kept her from making a good speech.

Pattern 2:1. Amy left the room without saying a word. 2. You can hardly геаЦге what an ocean-going ship is without having been inside. 3. They will not come to see us without being invited. 4. He could listen to long verses in Latin without understanding a word. 5. He would mark rhythm with his right foot without realizing what he was doing.

Pattern 3: 1. The smallness of our boat made it easy to navigate in such shallow waters. 2. The rainy season in the tropics made it impossible to move on. 3. The hurricane made the place hard to recognize. 4. His quick arrival made it easy to change our plans. 5. Your sisters new hairdo made her hard to recognize.

Pattern 4: 1. The problem is hardly worth the trouble you have taken/you are taking (the trouble taken). 2. The result was hardly worth the sacrifice and efforts (he) made. 3. Your luggage is hardly worth the fare. 4. The conference was hardly worth the time she had spent getting to it/the long way she had made to come to it. 5. The manuscript turned out to be a variant of the original, so it wasnt worth the time (I had) spent translating it.

Ex. II, p. 268

Pattern 1: 1. Various reasons prevented us from doing optional subjects. 2. Her illness prevented her from qualifying for this post. 3. My neighbours silly remarks prevented me from

90 Essential Course

enjoying the performance. 4. His advice prevented us from getting into trouble. 5. The windy weather prevented Father from taking us for a drive.

Pattern 2:1. You can 4 leave Great Britain without seeing/) having seen the Lake District. 2. She will not take any medicine without consulting a doctor. 3. You shouldnt leave without having a snack. 4. She cant speak about the news without getting excited. 5. You wont be able to pass your exam without working hard.

Pattern 3:1. Her manners made her unpleasant to de with. 2. Lack of rainfall makes the soil difficult to plough. 3. The likeness of their names makes them easy to remember. 4.1 dont find it necessary to bother him. 5. We find it helpful/useful to make use of tape-recordings.

Pattern 4: 1. The picture is of httlevalue.it is hardly worth the money paid for it. 2. The results of the expedition are hardly worth the efforts made. 3. The trip is hardly worth the trouble taken/ you took. 4. The decorations are hardly worth the time {and money) the city authorities/you have spent on them. 5. The victory was hardly worth the sacrifice. 6. The medicine is hardly worth the money Ive spent on it/the money it has cost me.

Ex. Ill, p. 268

Pattern 1:1. Take the medicine, it will prevent/keep you from catching cold. 2. Something prevented/kept Tom from telling Becky that he had seen Joe the Indian there in the cave.

3. What prevented/kept you from taking that opportunity?

4. She would tell funny stories to prevent/keep the boy from crying. 5. Frank realized that only quick action would prevent/ keep him from going broke/ruining himself.

Pattern 2:1. Molly left town without telling anyone about her suspicions. 2. Gert asked what right Lanny had to make plans without consulting him. 3. Without looking at him Gert said, "You may go." 4. Lanny went out without saying a (single) word.

Pattern 3: Many special terms make his report hard1 to understand/follow. 2. Care and anxiety/Cares and anxieties made his face hard to recognize. 3. Graphic metaphors made his examples easy to memorize. 4. Everyone finds him easy to deal with. 5. I find your brother pleasant to talk to.

Pattern 4:1. This stamp is hardly worth the money youve paid for it. 2. The business isnt worth the trouble. 3. The goods is hardly worth its package. 4. This trip is hardly worth the time

Unit Eight PAGE91

spent. 5. James Forsyte thought that fresh air was hardly worth the money paid for country houses.

Ex. II, p. 280

a) 1. clasp, pass, last (grasp, task, casket, grass, brass, fast)

2. prosperous, conscientious, conscious, obvious, anxious (onerous, covetous, carnivorous, vigorous, dangerous, famous, righteous, spacious, dubious, industrious, obnoxious)

3. sight, light, delight (night, might, tight, bright, fight, blight)

4. earn, earnings, earnestly (earth, earthquake, earl, earldom, early)

5. guess, vaguely (giiinea-pig, vogue, guide, guilty, guitar, guest, guarantee, plague)

b) hospitable — гостеприимный

hospitality — гостеприимство prosperous — процветающий, преуспевающий

prosperity — процветание festive — праздничный

festivity — празднество final — заключительный, последний

finality — окончательность

Ex. V, p. 281

1. No man can serve two masters. — Никто не может служить двум господам. (Нельзя служить двум господам одновременно/сразу.)

Не serves as gardener. — Он работает садовником.

Не served three years in the army/navy. — Он прослужил три года в армии/на флоте.

These shoes have served me two years. — Эти туфли прослужили мне два года.

A wooden box served as a table. — Вместо стола мы (они и т.п.) использовали деревянный ящик.

The waiter served the soup. — Официант подал суп.

Dinner is served. — Обед подан.

There was no one in the shop to serve me. — В магазине меня некому было обслужить.

It serves you right for having disobeyed me. — Так тебе и надо за то, что ты меня не послушался.

PAGE92 Essential Course

He was in active service during the war. — Во время войны он был на действительной военной службе./Во время войны] он был в армии/на флоте и воевал.

Не has been in the Diplomatic Service for three years. — Ob; находится на дипломатической службе уже три года.

The meals at this restaurant are good, but the service is poor. — Кормят в этом ресторане хорошо, но обслуживание здесь плохое.

The train service is good here. — Здесь хорошо налажено! железнодорожное сообщение.

She no longer needs the services of a doctor. — Ей больше не требуются услуги/не требуется наблюдение врача.

My room is at you service. — Моя комната к вашим услугам.

2. a familiar voice — знакомый голос a familiar face — знакомое лицо

a familiar name — знакомое имя

a familiar scene — знакомая сцена, знакомое место

a familiar handwriting — знакомый почерк

a familiar song — знакомая песня

a familiar melody/tune — знакомая мелодия

a familiar scent — знакомые духи, знакомый аромат

a familiar smell — знакомый запах

You should be familiar with the facts before you start investigation. — Перед тем как начать расследование, вам нужно глубоко/досконально ознакомиться с фактами.

Не is familiar with many languages. — Он хорошо знает; много иностранных языков.

Her face seems familiar to me. — Ее лицо кажется мне знакомым.

Are you on familiar terras with him? — Вы с ним прияте-ли?/Вы с ним на короткой ноге?

Dont be too familiar with him, hes rather a dishonest man. — He сходитесь с ним слишком близко, он человек не очень-то честный.

Dont you think he is a bit too familiar with her? — He кажется ли тебе, что он ведет себя с ней слишком фамильярно?

3. This book did not impress me at all. — Эта книга не п извела на меня совершенно никакого впечатления.

Unit Eight 93

I was greatly/deeply impressed by his acting. —– Его игра произвела на меня огромное/глубокое впечатление.

What impressed you most in the play? — Что в этой пьесе произвело на вас наиболее сильное впечатление?

His speech made a strong impression on the audience. — Его речь произвела на слушателей сильное впечатление.

Punishment seemed to make little impression on the child. — Наказания, похоже, мало действовали на ребенка.

Tell us about your impressions of England. — Расскажите нам о ваших впечатлениях от поездки в Англию.

The group left a good/poor/favourable impression on the examiner. — Группа оставила у/произвела на экзаменатора хорошее/плохое/благоприятное впечатление.

an impressive ceremony-^– впечатляющая/величественная/ торжественная/волнующая церемония

an impressive sight — впечатляющий/величественный/ волнующий вид

an impressive scene — впечатляющая/выразительная сцена

an impressive person — яркий человек, яркая личность

an impressive gesture— выразительный/эффектный жест

The scene was quite impressive. — Сцена получилась весьма эффектной.

4. Soldiers must obey orders. — Солдаты должны подчиняться приказам.

Children must obey grown-ups. — Дети должны слушаться взрослых.

Parents demand obedience from their children. — Родители требуют от своих детей послушания.

Не is an obedient boy. — Он послушный мальчик.

The children have been obedient today. — Сегодня дети хорошо слушались.

disobedient — непослушный

naughty — непослушный, проказливый

5. sunlight — солнечный свет

daylight — дневной/солнечный свет, естественное освещение; дневное время суток moonlight — лунный свет gas light — газовое освещение electric light — электрическое освещение The sun gives light to the Earth. — Солнце освещает Землю.

94 Essential Course

I got up before light — Я встал до рассвета. The light began to fail. — Надвигались сумерки./Свет на чал меркнуть.

Lights were burning in every room. — Все комнаты были, освещены.

Bring a light quickly! — Огня! (Свечу! Фонарь!) Быстрее!

We saw the lights of the city. — Мы увидели огни города.

Look at the matter in the right light. — Рассматривай это дело под правильным углом зрения.

These facts shed a new light on the matter. ~~ Эти данные проливают на дело новый свет.

Give me a light, please. — Дайте мне, пожалуйста, прикурить.

New evidence has recently come to light. — Недавно обнаружились новые улики/доказательства/факты.

As the exams approached, she felt that at last she could see the light at the end of the tunnel. — По мере приближения экзаменационной сессии она наконец почувствовала, что видит свет в конце тоннеля/что конец ее страданиям близок.

a light room — светлая комната

a light day — ясный день

light hair = fair hair — светлые волосы

a light complexion — светлый цвет лица

light brown/green/grey, etc. — светло-коричневый/светло-зеленый/светло-серый и т.п.

light blue — светло-голубой, бледно-голубой

It gets light very early these summer mornings. — Сейчас лето, и по утрам рано светает.

to light a lamp/a candle — зажечь лампу/свечу

to light a fire — развести костер/оГонь

Не lit a lamp. — Он зажег лампу.

Please light the stove. — Пожалуйста, затопи печь.

turn off the gas — выключить газ

blow out a candle — задуть свечу

put out a fire —погасить огонь/костер

The streets were brightly lit up. — Улицы были ярко освещены.

The room was lighted by six windows. — В комнате было шесть окон.

Our houses are lighted by electricity. — Наши дома освещаются электричеством.

Unit Eight 95

The burning building lit up the whole district. — Зарево от горящего здания освещало всю округу.

The rising sun lit up the mountain tops. — Восходящее солнце озарило вершины гор.

sunlit — залитый/освещен ный солнцем

starlit night— звездная ночь

starlit sky — звездное небо

moonlit — залитый лунным светом, лунный (moonlit night — лунная ночь)

6. Rain prevented the game. — Игра не состоялась из-за дождя.

Ill meet you at six if nothing prevents. — Я встречусь с тобой в шесть, если ничего не помешает/не помешают обстоятельства.

Illness prevented him from doing the work. — Болезнь помешала ему выполнить работу.

How can you prevent it from happening? — Как ты можешь этому помешать?

Something prevented him from coming/his coming. — Что-то помешало ему прийти.

Prevention is better than cure. — Легче предупредить (болезнь), чем вылечить./Легче предотвратить ошибку, чем исправить ее последствия.

7. Не earns a good wage because he works for a fair employer. — Он хорошо зарабатывает, потому что у него справедливый хозяин/работодатель/начальник.

She earned her living by sewing { sauinj– — Она зарабатывала на жизнь шитьем.

His first book earned him the fame of a novelist. — Его первая книга принесла ему славу хорошего романиста./Его первый роман прославил его.

The teacher told her pupils that they had earned a holiday. — Учительница сказала ученикам, что они заслужили каникулы/выходной.

Her good work earned her the respect of her colleagues. — Хорошо работая, она заслужила уважение своих коллег.

Не has spent all his earnings. — Он потратил весь свой заработок.

96 Essential Course

8. to do ones work — делать/выполвять свою работу

to do ones duty — выполнять свой долг

to do ones shopping — делать покупки

to do ones morning exercises — делать зарядку

You did well/wrong to refuse. — Ты хорошо/неправильно сделал, что отказался.

Having nothing better to do I went for a walk. — За неименнем лучших занятий я отправился на прогулку.

Theres nothing to be done now. — Теперь уже ничего не поделаешь/не попишешь.

No sooner said than done. — Сказано — сделано.

Well begun is half done. — Хорошее начало полдела откачало.

I must do my best to help him. — Я должен сделать все возможное, чтобы помочь ему.

This medicine wont do you any good. — Это лекарство вам не поможет.

His holiday did him a world/a lot/a great deal of good. — Отпуск явно пошел ему на пользу.

It will do you more harm than good. — От этого вам будет больше вреда, чем пользы./Это принесет вам больше вреда, чем пользы.

to do ones hair — причесываться, делать прическу

to do ones room — убрать комнату

to do ones bed — застелить свою постель

I like the way she does her hair. — Мне нравится ее прическа.

Will you do the beds while I do the window? — Застели кровати, пока я буду мыть окно. t

Did you do the British Museum when you were in London? — Когда вы были в Лондоне, вы осмотрели экспозицию Британского музея/вы побывали в Британском музее?

We often see foreigners in Moscow doing the sights. — В Москве мы часто видим иностранцев, осматривающих достопримечательности.

It wont do to play all day. — He годится/Нельзя играть целый день напролет.

The room will do us quite well. — Комната вполне нам подойдет.

It wont do to sit up so late. — Нельзя ложиться спать так поздно.

This sort of work wont do for him. — Такая работа ему не подойдет.

Unit Eight PAGE97

Will this sheet of paper do? — Этот лист бумаги подойдет?

Le Ros did well at the Bureau. — В Бюро Ле Po добился больших успехов./В Бюро у Ле Ро хорошо пошли дела.

Everything in the garden is doing splendidly. — Все растения в саду чувствуют себя превосходно.

She is doing very well at school. — Она очень хорошо учится в школе.

Smoking should be done away with. — Необходимо покончить с курением.

to have smth. to do with smb./smth. — иметь отношение к кому-л./чему-л., иметь дело с кем-л./чем-л.

to have nothing to do with smb./smth. — не иметь отношения к кому-л./чему– д., не иметь дела с кем-л./чём-л., не иметь ничего общего с кем-л./чем-л.

to have little/not much to do with smb./smth. — иметь (весьма) отдаленвое отвошевие к кому-л./чему-л., иметь с кем-л./ чем-л. мало общего.

Не has to do with all sorts of people. — Он имеет/Ему приходится иметь дело с самыми разными людьми.

We have to do with facts, not theories. — Мы имеем дело не с теориями, а с фактами.

I advise you to have nothing to do with him. — He советую вам связываться с ним/иметь с ним дело.

What havel todo with it? — Какое я к этому имею отношение?

Ex. V,p. 281

a) naughty — disobedient

good (about a child) — obedient put an end to — do away with

b) familiar — unfamiliar obey — disobey departure — arrival light n — darkness, dark

light v — put out, extingwish (a fire); blow out (a candle); turn off (the gas); turn off/switch off (an electric light/ appliance)

в) press — impress, impression, impressive, pressure, pressing

serve — service, disservice, servant prevent — prevention earn — earnings

PAGE98 Essential Course

obey — disobey, obedience, disobedience, obedientj disobedient

familiar — unfamiliar, familiarity, to familiarize Ex. VI, p. 281

1. He advised Frank, "Youll do better if you stay at school) until seventeen. It cant do you any barm." 2. At the age of thirtee Frank Cowperwood was able to earn a little money now and then 3. The auctioneer noticed Frank and was impressed by the solidit of the boys expression. 4, After his lonely dinner Soames lighted lit his cigar and walked out again. 5. Jim obeyed thecaptains orde to ride for Doctor Livesey at once. 6. No one could disobey Captai Flints orders. 7. They could not marry till Salvatore had done hi military service. 8.1 knew that his heart was moved by the beaut, and the vastness and the stillness. 9.1 shall choose the job I am mos familiar with. 10. The miller was counting over his money by th light of a candle. 11. "Im at your service" means "Im ready to ob your commands". 12. He was peering into the darkness lighted/lit b a single candle. 13. "Why dont you go into the country?" repeatc Jane. "Jtwoulddoyoualotofgood." 14.They wereattheirlittletab" in the room where Carrie occasionally served a meal 15. When the boy was with us, he was friendly and obedient.

Ex. VII, p. 281

earnings/fee; final; to obey; an impression; a profile; light; to serve (food, drinks, a meal, etc.); a mystery; sociable

Ex. IX, p. 282

1.1 saw the mysterious stranger in the morning. 2.1 met her for the first time on a warm sunny morning last spring. 3. L recognized her face in the window. 4.1 saw no sign of envy in her eyes. 5– Did you confess (to) anything in return? 6. Wait for me on plat arm No. 3 at the St. Petersburg railway-station at half past ten. 7. What have you got in your hand? 8. I never acted on the stage. 9. She smiled at her fellow-passengers. 10,1 heard him recite at a concert last week. 11. Talk to her about the fee. 12. He struck the table with his hand. 13. Did they supply you with everything? 14. I recognized her by/from your description. 15. Just a minute, I shall consult the timetable. 16. What prevented you from confessing (to) everything? 17. The situation is very awkward, but I think I can help it. 18. In other words you

UnitEight 99

havent obeyed my instructions. 19. They ran from carriage to carriage along the platform. 20. He said it in a fit of anger. 21. She nodded to me with a grave air. 22. Its a mystery to/for me. 23.1 wasnt satisfied with her vague answer. 24.1 cant tell you how we all miss you. 25. I cant do without this text-book. 26.1 can hardly see anything in this light. 27. Do you think I can do my lessons when you are standing in the light? 28. Has he many pupils on hand?

Ex. X, p. 283

1. Сидя за своим письменным столом, она задумчиво смотрела на знакомые предметы, которые ее окружали. 2. Вы оказали мне огромную услугу. Смогу ли я когда-либо отплатить вам за вашу доброту? 3, Нельзя поддаваться каждому порыву. 4. В этом городе вам ни за что не найти помощницу кормилицы для черной работы. Здесь никто уже не хочет идти в услужение. 5. Благодаря своей красоте и уверенности в себе Чарлз Айвори производил яркое впечатление. 6. Фрэнк ушел из * Уотерман энд ком-пани»только через две недели. 7.Кэтому времени Сильвер уже усвоил привычку обращаться к нам так, словно мы были друзьями и на короткой ноге. 8. Впоследствии она всегда вспоминалась ему именно такой: стройная девушка, машущая ему вслед с залитого солнцем крыльца.

Ex. XIII, р. 284

1. Something prevented me from attendin/prevented my attending the farewell dinner. 2. My companions/fellow-passengers face seemed familiar to me, I must have seen him somewhere before. 3. His critical articles do young authors a lot/ a world of good. 4. The letter of introduction did not impress the director at all. 5. He has been earning his living since he was sixteen. 6. Ive done my best to prevent him from/to prevent his leaving. 7. Dont read by the light of a candle/by candle-light, it is very bad for/ruinous to the eyes. 8. The information bureau is in the next house but two. 9. He is a very sociable man. 10. For your disobedience you wont get any ice-cream for dessert today.

11. Dont stand in my light, I cant make out what is written here.

12. In (the) old days Moscow streets were lighted by gas. 13. Dont envy his earnings: if you work as much as he does/as him, you will earn no less. 14. We were all moved by his farewell speech.

100 Essential Course

Ex. II, p. 293

1. Id be delighted to go on a sea voyage, but my wife has never been a good sailor, so we cant join you. 2. Last week we made a wonderful trip to the mountains. It took us four hours by coach. 3. The Italian tour was really exciting. We visited a number of wonderful towns and then returned to Rome. The journey back to Moscow by railway took us about three days. 4. It is delightful to come ashore after a long voyage and to feel solid ground under ones foot. 5. Many times on his long travels in the depths of Africa, in the jungle of the Amazon he faced danger, starvation and death. 6. At the beginning of the last century going from Petersburg to Moscow was described as "travel". Now it is but a nights trip by night train, a six-hour trip by day train or an air voyage of an hour and a half. 7. Im just reading a very amusing book about a pleasure party making a Caribbean cruise in somebodys yacht. 8. Young people are naturally fond of hitchhiking as a way of visiting new places and seeing things: it is cheap and gives one a feeling of freedom and infinite horizons.

9. Im told youre going on a journey/trip to the Far East.

10. Theyre planning a tour of some Baltic resorts. Theyve a new car, you know. 11. Youre looking pale. A trip to the seaside will do you good.

Ex. VI, p. 294

Nina: Hello, Alex. I remember somebody told me that you had gone on an interesting trip to Siberia.

A1 e x: I really made a wonderful journey to the very heart of Siberia. We went to Krasnoyarsk by plane and then sailed down the Yenissei on a cargo-ship.

Nina: And where did you go ashore?

Alex: Oh, at some spot you are not likely to find on any map. Well, when we found ourselves on the bank, we immediately started for the place where our expedition was working.

Nina: Did you go by car?

Alex: Oh, no! No car could have driven along those paths. We travelled partly on foot, and in some places went along small rivers and streams in rowing-boats. We were in spots where no mans foot had stepped before us.

Nina: How exciting! So you enjoyed the journey, didnt you7

Alex: Every minute of it, though it was not an easy one.

Nina: Did you return by air?

Unit Eight Ю1

Alex: No, by train. The fact is, I had hardly enough money for the railway fare, not to say anything of the plane.

Ex. VIII, p. 295

1. What ports will the "Pobeda" call at? Will it call at Dover? 2.1 dont like sea voyages much. I am a bad sailor and I am always sea-sick. 3. Tonight our steamer calls at Naples. There we change for a train and tomorrow we will be in Rome. 4. He couldnt afford to go/going by train, the fare was too high. He got home on foot and by hitch-hiking. 5. Last month a group of our students made an interesting trip to Great Britain. 6. The sea was rough and for several days the passengers kept to their cabins. Some of them had boasted overnight that they were never sea-sick but even they didnt turn/appear up on deck. 7. He made his first voyage on board an old cargo ship bound for/going to Europe. 8. The train had only one sleeping-car/sleeper in which there wasnt a single vacant bunk/berth. There was no dining-car. The beginning of the trip could hardly be called promising. 9. Have you got a ticket for a through/direct train? I hate changes, especially when there is a lot of luggage.

Ex. X a), p. 296

Когда ваш корабль уходит из Гонолулу, вам на шею вешают «леи» — гирлянды из благоухающих цветов. На пристани стоит толпа, а оркестр играет трогательную гавайскую мелодию. Пассажиры кидают с палуб серпантин тем, кто стоит внизу, и весь борт расцвечивается яркими бумажными ленточками: красными и зелеными, желтыми и синими. Когда корабль медленно отходит от причала, ленточки тихо рвутся, и это похоже на разрыв тех нитей, что связывают/нитей, связывающих между собой людей. На мгновение мужчину и женщину соединяет яркая полоска бумаги: красная, синяя, зеленая или желтая — а затем жизнь разъединяет их, и бумага легко лопается с чуть слышным треском. Еще с час ее обрывки развеваются на ветру, а затем их уносит прочь. Цветы в вашей гирлянде увядают, их запах начинает вас угнетать — и вы выбрасываете их в море.

PAGE102

Essential Course

UNIT NINE

Ex. I, p. 307

Pattern 2:1. The Murdstones thought David disobedient.

2. Everybody found something mysterious about Lady Alroy.

3. We thought the last scene quite impressive. 4.1 found the strangers voice vaguely familiar to me. 5. Huck Finn couldnt bear his new life at the widows, he found it extremely dull.

Pattern 3:1. Sabina came into the hall and saw him sitting at the telephone. 2. We watched the seers-off shuffling from foot to foot. 3. Outside he found Joe standing on the platform. 4. She" watched him waving farewell to his friends. 5.1 saw Bob playing centre forward.

Pattern 4.1. Erik started reading the letter again. 2. Soon the porters began pulling luggage along the platform. 3. At last Jack finished writing numerous letters of introduction. 4. Lev Yashin began playing football when he was a teen-ager.

5. Burtons namesake started playing poker and went broke.

6. The Gadfly pulled a chrysanthemum from the vase and began plucking off one white petal after another.

Ex. Ill, p. 308

Pattern 1:1. "They have just seen their relatives to the station." — "So have we." 2. "On Sunday we dined out." — "So did we." 3. "I like my beef steak a bit underdone." — "So does my brother." 4. "They were bored to death listening to his story." — "So were we." 5. Laziness is unforgivable and so is ignorance. 6. "Her son is disobedient/naughty." — "So is mine." 7. My decision is final; I hope so is yours. 8. "Our fellow-passengers/ companions turned out (to be) sociable and nice people." — "So did ours."

Pattern 2:1. Ricardo had met the Gadfly before and thought him rather odd. 2. Judy considered herself totally ignorant in/of many things. 3. When Jack first saw Lady Gwendolen, he found her absolutely charming. 4. Hurstwood didnt believe Carrie talented enough for the stage but thought that the idea of earning ones living in this way was quite sensible. 5. Rosemary thought her action noble and rather daring. 6. Ross found Americans sociable and the English inhospitable. 7. He sincerely believed his work very useful.

Unit Nine ЮЗ

Pattern 3: 1. From.the other end of the table Andrew watched Charles Ivory operating. 2. Charles and Becky saw light glimmering through a small opening in the cave. 3. Everybody standing on deck watched the sun setting. 4.1 cant imagine him doing/going in for/playing/practising sports. 5. We have seen you shaking his hand/shaking hands with him. 6. The poor fellow was extremely surprised/was astonished when he heard Burton offering him a job.

Pattern 4: Gemma had never stopped thinking herself guilty of Arthurs death/blaming herself for Arhurs death. 2. Soon people started coming in groups. 3. He never managed to give up smoking and ruined his health. 4. The captain broke off and began studying the map. 5. Stop treating him like a little disobedient boy.

Ex. II, p. 318

anxiety { xnzaiati] 1. беспокойство, тревога, волнение;

2. обыкн.р1 неприятности, заботы

arrival { а т a i \ (л )1 ] 1. прибытие, приход, приезд; 2. вновь прибывший

attendance { atendans] 1. присутствие; 2. посещаемость;

3. уход, обслуживание

imitate { imiteit] подражать, имитировать, копировать altogether { .оНэдеЗэ] 1. вполне, совсем, совершенно;

2. всего, в общей сложности; 3. в общем, в целом twopence { Upans] два пенса

properties { pmpaiiz] свойства, качества, характеристики (не о человеке) creased { kri:st] мятый

wearing { weann] 1. утомительный, изматывающий; 2. скучный, нудный; надоедливый

weary { wi(a)ri] усталый, утомленный

audience { 3:dians] 1. публика, зрители, аудитория; 2. радиослушатели; телезрители

straight { streit] 1. adj прямой; неизогнутый; 2. adv прямо, по прямой линии

desolate { desalat] 1. заброшенный; 2. необитаемый, безлюдный; 3. неутешный, безысходный

joint { d33int] 1. л сустав; 1. adj совместный, объединенный

104 Essential Course

anxious { aerjkjss] 1. озабоченный, тревожный, беспокой-] ный (about); 2. сильно желающий чего-л. (for smth.; to do smth.)

grotesque { grsutesk] 1. гротескный; 2. фантастический,!

причудливый; 3. абсурдный, нелепый ragged { rxgid] 1. рваный, потрепанный; 2. оборванный^

одетый в лохмотья perhaps { рэ hasps, pra;ps] может быть, возможно, пожа^]

луй

endeavour { mdevs] 1. п(энергичная) попытка, усилие; 2. а стараться, стремиться

Ex. Щ р. 319

а) 1. The way we took lay through the forest. — Дорога, no ко* торой мы пошли, проходила через лес.

Can you show me the way to Trafalgar Square? — Как прой-1 ти на Трафальгарскую площадь?

Note: –I can show you the way to the nearest village. — Я могу по-] казать вам дорогу/путь к ближайшей деревне.

I can show you a very good road to the village. — Я могу показать вам очень хорошую дорогу/тропинку к деревне.

They made their way through the silent streets of the sleeping city. — Они шли по безмолвным улицам спящего города.

The guide led the way through the forest till we reached a narrow path. — В лесу проводник шел первым, пока мы недошли до узенькой тропинки.

Lets discuss it on the way home. — Давай обсудим это по дороге домой.

The children lost their way in the forest. — Дети заблудились в лесу.

By the way, what was it she told you? — Кстати, что она вам сказала?

Let me pass, dont stand in my way. — Дай пройти, не стой на дороге.

Unit Nine 1Q5

They couldnt even talk in private: there was always someone in the way. — Они даже не могли поговорить один на один: им все время кто-нибудь мешал.

What was it that stood in the way of her happiness? — И что мешало ей стать счастливой?

Get out of my wayl — Прочь с дороги!

I shall get her out of the way for ten minutes, so that you can have the opportunity to settle the matter. — Я избавлю вас от ее присутствия на десять минут, чтобы дать вам возможность уладить этот вопрос/это дело.

The music was unusual but quite beautiful in its own way. — Музыка была хоть и необычная, но по-своему красивая.

She likes to have hex own way in everything. — Ей нравится всегда поступать/все делать по-своему.

Have it your own way. — Поступай как знаешь.

That seems to me a very good way out. — По-моему, это отличный выход из положения.

Where there is a will there is a way. — Где хотенье, там и уменье./Кто хочет,-тот добьется.

2. All children over seven attend school in our country. — В нашей стране все дети старше семи лет учатся в школе.

She was tired of attending on/upon rich old ladies who never knew exactly what they wanted. — Ей надоело ухаживать за богатыми старухами, которые никогда точно не знали, чего Tim хочется.

The attendant will show you to your seats. — Билетер проведет вас к вашим местам.

Attendance at schools is compulsory. — Посещение школы является обязательным.

The attendance has fallen off. — Посещаемость упала.

Your attendance is requested. — Просим вас присутствовать.

Now that the patient is out of danger the doctor is no longer in attendance. — Теперь, когда пациент вне опасности, врач уже не находится при нем все время.

3. At the party she wore her wedding dress and he said she looked like a lily-of-the-valley. — На вечере она была в своем свадебном платье, и он сказал, что она похожа на ландыш.

You should always wear blue: it matches your eyes. — Ты должна всегда носить голубое: этот цвет подходит к твоим глазам.

106 Essential Course

I have worn my shoes into holes. — Я сносила свои туфли д дыр.

The carpet was worn by many feet that had trodden on it. Ковер был весь истерт подошвами множества людей, которы) по нему прошли.

This cloth wears well/badly. — Эта ткань хорошо/плож носится.

4.1 am anxious about his health. — Я беспокоюсь о его зд ровье.

Her face was calm, but the anxious eyes betrayed somethin of what she felt. — Лицо ее было спокойно, но тревожны взгляд выдавал, что творилось в ее душе.

She always gets worried about little things. — Она все вре мя беспокоится по пустякам.

Не works hard because he is anxious to succeed. — Он мног работает, потому что страстно желает добиться успеха.

The actor was anxious to please the audience. — Актеру очен хотелось понравиться публике.

Isnt he eager to learn? — Неужели у него нет тяги к учебе!

We waited with anxiety for the doctor to come. — Мы с тре? вогой ожидали прихода врача.

All these anxieties made him look pale and tired. — Поел всех этих волнений он выглядел бледным и усталым/у не был бледный и изможденный вид.

That anxiety for truth made Philip rather unpopular wit some of his schoolmates. — У некоторых однокашников Фили па его неуемное стремление всегда говорить правду вызывало неприязнь.

We anxiously waited for his arrival. — Мы с волнением ждали его приезда.

5. What is the box made of? — Из чего сделана шкатулка?

Im sure she will make an excellent teacher. — Уверен, нее выйдет прекрасная учительница.

Well make him take the medicine. — Мы заставим его при пять лекарство.

Soon she made friends with her fellow-passengers. — Вскоре она подружилась с другими пассажирами/со своими поп чиками.

She easily makes friends. — Она легко заводит друзей.

Unit Nine PAGE107

Come in and make yourself at home. — Заходи и чувствуй себя как дома.

Why do you always make jokes? Cant you be serious? — Почему ты вечно остришь? Неужели ты не способен быть серьезным?

Before packing make up a list of things you are going to take. — Перед тем как паковать вещи составь список того, что собираешься взять.

You are a fool to listen to his story. He has made it all up. — Ты просто дурак, что слушал его россказни. Он все это выдумал.

Make up your own sentences using the new words. — Придумайте свои собственные предложения, используя новые слова.

How long will it take the actors to make up? — Сколько времени понадобится актерам, чтобы загримироваться?

She was so much made up that I didnt recognize her at first. — Она была до того накрашена, что я поначалу ее не узнал. *

I am sorry for what I said. Lets make it up. — Извини за то, что я тебе наговорил. Давай помиримся.

Youd better make it up with Ann. — Лучше бы тебе помириться с Энн.

We must make up for lost time. — Мы должны наверстать упущенное время.

Wont you let me try to make up for all Ive failed to do in the past? — Неужели ты не дашь мне возможности загладить свою вину?

Why should you spoil your pretty face with all this makeup? — Зачем ты портишь свое милое личико всей этой косметикой?

6. She was holding a red rose in her hand. — Она держала в руке красную розу.

Holding on to a branch, he climbed a little higher. — Держась за ветку, он взобрался немного выше.

Hold on to the railing, its slippery here. — Держись за перила, здесь скользко.

A students meeting was held in our department yesterday. — Вчера на нашем факультете проводилось/состоялось студенческое собрание.

PAGE108 Essential Course

How many people will this lecture-hall hold? — Сколько че-J ловек поместится в этом лекционном зале?

Will this weather hold? — Долго ли продержится така погода?

Не nearly fell down, but managed to catch hold of hi companions arm. — Он едва не упал, но сумел ухватиться з руку своего спутника.

The child got hold of a bright flower. — Ребенок схват: яркий цветок.

With every minute it became harder and harder to keep hoi of the slippery ropes. — С каждой минутой становилось в труднее удерживать в руках скользкие канаты.

It wasnt her nature to lose hold of anything she had got hold of.— He в ее характере было выпускать из рук то, что ей уда лось заполучить.

7. We are entertaining a lot. — Мы сейчас часто принима ем гостей.

We were all entertained by his tricks. — Нас всех забавляли) его штучки.

The conversation was far from entertaining. In fact, it wad horribly dull. — Разговор никак нельзя было назвать занимав тельным. По правде сказать, он был ужасно скучным.

There are many places of entertainment in any big city. —I В любом большом городе есть множество мест, где можно раз* влечься.

b) road — way, path, track eager — anxious amusing — entertaining, funny wear — have on

c) to find ones way — to lose ones way, to get lost to lose hold of — to get/catch hold of, to seize, to grab, to la ones hands on

d) attend — attendance, attendant, attending, attention,

inattention, attentive, inattentive entertain — entertainer (эстрадный артист),

entertainment, entertaining wear — footwear, underwear

Unit Nine 109

Ex. VIII, p. 319

a) 1. She always worries when she doesnt get my letters for a long time. 2. The letter that informed us of her unexpected departure greatly troubled/worried me. 3.1 knew that he would willingly help me, but I didnt like to bother him. 4. Dont worry! Dinner will be ready on time. 5. The child is very weak, and I can very well understand that it worries you. 6. Dont bother about the taxi. Ill get you home in my car. 7.1 felt that he didnt pay any attention to what I was saying. I decided that he was anxious/ was worrying about something. 8. I shouldnt like to trouble/ bother you with my tiresome affairs. 9. The climate is very bad there, and I worry/am anxious about her health. 10. Im sorry to bother you, but I need his address badly.

b) 1. What are you so anxious about? 2. Her anxious face was pale. 3. We were full of anxiety and worry. 4. Michael was anxious to find a job. 5.1 was anxiously waiting for his answer. 6. His anxiety for success made him many enemies. 7. Anxiety makes people older.

c) 1. Prom the age of seven till seventeen I attended school. 2. The attendance at lectures has fallen off. 3. In this hotel you will be well attended on. 4. Your attendance is required.

d) 1. Who(m) are you entertaining at dinner tonight? 2. His jokes didnt entertain us much. 3. The play was not very entertaining. 4. Do you know any places of entertainment in this town? 5. Do they often entertain?

Ex. IX, p. 320

1. Почему вы думаете, что он знает правду? — Это видно по всему. По выражению его лица. По тому, как он разговаривал за обедом. 2. Она улыбнулась своей обычной обворожительной улыбкой. 3. Он все бубнил на одной ноте, и от этого Китти казалось, что его голос доносится откуда-то издалека. 4. Особенно он похвалил нас за то, как успешно мы справились с этой трудной работой. 5. Я не знал, куда смотреть. 6. Я действительно никак не могу привыкнуть к этому новому укладу жизни/к этим новым обычаям. 7. Так вот как ты к нам относишься? 8. Она швырнула тапочки мне в лицо. Вела себя самым возмутительным образом/совершенно возмутительно. 9. Иза-бель не хотела мешать Ларри. 10. Софи протолкалась между танцующими парами и исчезла в толпе. 11. Я отступил в сторону, чтобы он мог подняться по лестнице. 12. Мать Сюзанны

110 Essential Course

едва ли могла прожить на свою пенсию при таких ценах.

13. Они побывали в Шартре и теперь возвращались в Париж

14. Я видел, как официант пробирается между столиками.

15. В комнате имелась узкая железная кровать, а из остальной мебели — только самое необходимое.

Ex. X, р. 320

1. The children were not allowed to go to the lake b themselves. But one day they had their (own) way and did go without saying a word to anyone. On the/their way home they nearly lost their way. Fortunately they met an old forester who helped them to get home. 2. She told/spoke about it cheerfully in her usual charming way/in that charming way of hers. 3. He made his way to the door without saying a word. 4. I dont know this area. Could you lead the way to that place? 5. What way out do you suggest? 6.1 am afraid the table will be in your way here.

Ex. XII, p. 321

1. Dont worry your pretty little head about/over the mysterious visitor. 2. By arranging good marriages for her daughters she expected to make up for all the disappointments of her own career. 3. He sat quite still and stared with those wide immobile eyes of his at the picture. 4. "He has a bath in cold water every morning." —" Oh! He is made of iron, that man." 5. Are we in the way? 6.1 suppose it was natural for you to be anxious about the garden party. But thats all over now. Theres nothing more to worry about. 7. He arrived at the Lomond Hotel, very hot and sweaty and exhausted and had an obscure feeling that they would take one look at him and then ask him to go away.

Ex. XIV, p. 321

1. On entering the hall she looked about/round/around and made her way to the mirror. 2. She caught hold of my hand to keep from falling. 3. We were going down to the river holding on to the tree branches. 4. All evening the boy would keep hold of the toy. 5. The sick man was so weak that he lost hold of the cup. It fell and smashed/broke to pieces/shattered. 6. The children in the next room were making an awful noise, and he couldnt concentrate on the letter, try as he would/no matter how hard he tried/however hard he tried. Of course, he could make them go to the garden, but he didnt want to show his wife that they were in the way. 7. Very

Unit Nine 111

anxious, he was looking for a way out of the unpleasant situation/ the mess but couldnt make up his mind. 8. Mum is very worried/ is worrying a lot/is very anxious about your health. So ami. 9. She was wearing a lot of make-up/She was heavily made up, and the way she was talking and laughing attracted everybodys attention. 10. "Ive always known several ways of getting rich. But as it happens, keeping hold of the money has always been a problem for me." The elderly passenger talked on and on in the same vein/way to the entertainment/enjoyment of all those travelling in the carriage. 11. Mr. Webb was wearing/wore high heels to make up for his short stature. 12. You cant always have your (own) way. If you behave like this, you will only make enemies.

Sx. XVII, p. 322

Пришла пора отправляться в театр. Фрэнсис Уоберн надел свой высоченный цилиндр, снова заговорил о себе, и они двинулись к «Колизею*. Он оказался намного выше, чем прежде думала Роуз, — впрочем, возможно, все дело было в его нелепом цилиндре, — и подле него она казалась себе крохотной толстушкой Г правда, толстушкой милой и умной. Она семенила рядом, делая вид, что прислушивается к его рассказу, но на самом деле вместо того чтобы слушать, все время повторяла про себя: «Это я, я, Роуз Солтер, иду сейчас на русский балет в «Колизее» с высоким, шикарным парнем, настоящим лондонцем. Как все это странно!»

Они поднялись на один из балконов громадного театра, который показался Роуз самым что ни на есть великолепным и изумительным местом, которое она когда-либо видела. Внизу, в оркестровой яме, десятки музыкантов настраивали свои инструменты. Публика, такая же шикарная, как Фрэнсис Уоберн, внимательно изучала программки. Затем в зале медленно погасли все огни, кроме тех, что так красиво освещали занавес. Заиграла музыка, Фрэнсис Уоберн замолчал, и Роуз вмиг забыла о его существовании. Музыка оказалась очень странной, не похожей ни на что из слышанного ею раньше. В ней не было ничего уютного, удобного, ласкающего слух. Роуз не могла понять, нравится ей эта музыка или нет: у нее не получалось отодвинуть ее в сторонку, подумать и решить. Она неслась и тонула в грандиозных волнах звука, потрясенная их неотвязным биением и громом труб. Занавес словно по волшебству взвился, пред нею ослепительными красками за

112 Essential Course

играла сцена, и ее ошеломленному взору представился незна-1 комый край, новая, незнаемая вселенная. Последняя мощная! волна звука словно подняла ее и швырнула за границы при-] вычного мирка. Эльфы, феи и гномы, населявшие эти неведо! мые царства, могли жить только в беспрестанном движении! Иногда они бывали скучноватыми. Иногда глупыми. Но по] большей части они были так прекрасны, деятельны и граций озны и было так очевидно, что они — существа из другого мира,] мира, где царят музыка и яркие цвета, что у Роуа стоял в горя ле ком и к глазам подступали слезы.

Публика захлопала. Фрэнсис Уоберн захлопал. Но Роуз не могла аплодировать. Просто бить в ладоши, производя глупый] шум, — нет, для них этого было слишком мало. У нее был для] них лучший дар — все ее сердце.

Ex. V, р. 329

When we arrived, the house was already full. In a few minutes] the curtain went up and all eyes turned on the stage. The scenery! was very simple, in black, white and grey. Against this back-] ground the costumes of the characters looked very impressive.] The cast was pretty good and the leading mans acting was justl magnificent. When he was on the stage, the attention of the entire! audience was fixed on him and his performance. During the] celebrated scene from the third act there was death-like/dead/j deathly silence. The spectators were overwhelmed/stunned. Many] of them wept. Besides, the scene was lighted marvellously. Thel director was using the lighting to advantage to heighten/enhance] the impression made by the actors performance.

When after the final scene the curtain had gone/went down,] there followed a long pause and then a storm/burst of applause J (there was a long pause followed by a storm/burst of applause). ]

Ex. VIII a), p. 331

Chekhovs play "The Sea-gull" was first staged in the \ Alexandrinsky Theatre in Petersburg. It was a complete failure. ] The play was ruined by a dull and clumsy production. It was | staged in the "good old traditions" whereas Chekhovs plays were quite unlike any other plays written before and demanded new forms and devices. The Petersburg audience did not understand "The Sea-gull". There was laughter in most poetical scenes and many of the audience left long before the end of the play. It was

Unit Nine PAGE113

a cruel blow to Chekhov. However, in the Moscow Art Theatre, which was not a year old then (it was in 1898), the same play directed by K. S. Stanislavsky was a tremendous success. Stanislavskys production of "The Sea-gull" opened a new epoch in the history of the theatre and symbolized the triumph of the new and progressive forms over the old ones.

In memory of that event a white sea-gull spreads its wings on the curtain of the Moscow Art Theatre.

Ex. IX a), p. 332

The circumstances under which "The Sea-gull" was staged were complicated and painful. Anton Chekhov was seriously ill at the time, as his tuberculosis had got worse. Besides his depression was so deep that he might not have survived another failure of "The Sea-gull" like the one he had seen when it was first produced/put on in St. Petersburg. The failure of the new production might have killed the writer. His sister Maria, tears of anxiety in her eyes, had warned us about it and implored us to cancel the performance. However, we needed it badly because financially the theatre was in bad shape/because the theatre was pressed for money, and we were in need of a new production to raise the box-office returns. Let the readers judge for themselves/ I leave it to the reader to judge what condition we, the actors, were in when we came on the stage to act in the new production for the first time knowing that the house was far from full. Standing on the stage we were listening to the inner voice whispering, "Act well, act brilliantly, achieve a success, a triumph. And if you fail, remember that on receiving your telegram the writer you love will die, put to death by your hands. You will become his executioners."

I do not remember how we performed. The first act concluded amid death-like silence. One of the actresses fainted and I myself was on my last legs from despair. But suddenly after a long pause there was an uproar, a crash, a storm of applause. The curtain moved, went up… then down again and we just stood there, stunned. Then there was an uproar again and again up went the curtain…1 We were all standing motionless, hardly aware that we were supposed to take curtain-calls. Eventually we sensed

You can avoid using "again" twice: "…was another uproar a^d again up went the curtain….

PAGE114 Essential Course

success and extremely excited, began to embrace/hug each other. We cheered M. Lilina who had played Masha and had melted the ice in the spectators hearts with her closing words. Each act heightened the success and the performance ended in a triumph. Chekhov was sent a detailed telegram.

Ex. XII a), p. 334

A. На свете есть множество людей, которых в театре всегда охватывает волнение, сколько бы раз они туда ни ходили. Для них театр — это таинственный и прекрасный мир; он открывает им двери в царство фантазии, усиливая радость жизни, а создаваемая на сцене иллюзия озаряет их обыденную жизнь золотым, светом романтики.

B. В Театре, которому мы с гордостью служим, идеи — это всего лишь летние зарницы, вспыхивающие над бездонным озером чувств. Возможно, театр и стимулирует ум, но главное не это, а то, что он захватывает воображение зрителя, так что тот еще долго видит перед собой актеров и слышит, как они говорят ему о св.оем отчаянии или надежде.

The indicative Mood (Units 1—3)

GRAMMAR EXERCISES

THE INDICATIVE MOOD

REVISION EXERCISES ON TENSE AND VOICE

(TO UNITS ONE—THREE)

Ex. l,p, 434

a) 1. The Present Indef inite (PI) (am) is used to denote a present state, and the Present Continuous (PC) (are coming) is used to express a planned future action. 2. The PC (are chattering) serves to express an action in progress at the moment of speaking. The PI (is) is used to denote a present State. 3. The PC (am telling) is used to show that th* speaker thitfks that the action takes place too often and is annoyed by that– Such adverbials as always, constantly, all the time, forever, etc. are obligatory in sentences of this kind. 4. The PC (is working) is used to express an action going on in the present period of time. 5. The PI (are) is used to denote a present state. 6. The PI is used to denote an action going on at the present moment because the verb hear is not used in Continuous tenses. 7. The PI (/э) is used to denote a future action in a conditional clause. 8. The PI is used to denote a present state (believe) and a future action in a ti me clause (spends).

b) 1. "What do you think of thiЈ drawing?" — "I think it is excellent." 2. A holiday camp usual ly has its own swimming-pool and tennis courts. 3. She is playing tonight. 4. Do you like to spend your holidays with hundreds of otlier people? 5. "What are you listening to?" — "It seems to me I near a strange noise outside." 6. "Are you reading anything in English now?" — "Yes, Im reading a play by Oscar Wilde." 7. Ill join them in their trip with pleasure if they invite me. 8. I doni see what you are driving at. 9. Did you enjoy the trip? 10. "Can J see Doctor Trench?" — "Im sorry you cant; he is havinghis breakfast." 11.1 dont like the girl; she is continually bothering me with &Шу questions. 12. Please wait till he finishes. 13. "Nell is having a restm the south too, 1 guess." —

116 Grammar Exercises

"Yes, you guess right." 14. "Do you often get letters from her?" — "Not so very often."

Ex. 2, p. 435

1.1 hear he is writing a new book. 2.1 am told he does some translating from German. 3. I hear he is recovering/getting better. 4, I hear you are going to leave us. 5. I hear they have returned from Great Britain. 6. Im told that you made an interesting report yesterday. 7. He has already left for St. Petersburg, I hear. 8.1 hear he sings well. 9.1 (can) hear him singing in the next room. 10. We are told that they are coming the day after tomorrow. 11.1 hear yon have received a letter from your friend Mario. 12. Jane is having a very good time at the seaside,I hear.

Ex. 3, p. 435

a) 1. The Present Perfect is used to express a past action which has a clear result in the present. It can be called the Present Perfect Resultative. 2. The Present Perfect is used to denote an action that began in the past, continued for some time and has just stopped (the Present Perfect Resultative). 3. The Present Perfect Continuous is used to denote an acion which was in progress quite recently and affects the present situation. This may be called the Present Perfect Continuous Exclusive. 4. The Present Perfect Resultative/Exclusive {havent yet said) is used to express a past action connected with the present through its result. The Present Perfect Continuous Exclusive {have been waiting) is used to denote an action of some duration which began at some moment in the past and has just stopped.

b) 1. "How long have you been here?" she demanded angrily. 2. This pair of shoes is just what 1 have been looking for to match my new frock. 3.1 want you to remember that I have never asked you for anything before. 4. "Whats that noise?" — "Mary hasbroken a tea-cup." 5.1 have been thinking about it the last three days. Its such a bother to me. So it really is a relief to talk it over with you. 6. Listen to me, all of you! I have come with the most tremendous news. 7.1 see you havent done much. What have you been doing all morning? 8. Its hard to believe that it has been only two years and a half since I met him. 9. "We havent seen Edward for a long time. Hashe changed very much?" — "No, he is just the same." 10. Of

The Indicative Mood (Units 1—3) PAGE117

course, we trust her. After all, Margaret and I have known Lucy all our lives. 11.1 havent worn this dress for two years. 12. My watch has been going for three days and it hasnt stopped yet. 13. Jack has gone to Bulgaria for a holiday, I hear. I myself have never been there.

с) 1. Я все хотел поговорить с тобой, Льюис. 2. Она не покупала новой одежды с начала года. 3. После отъезда он написал мне только одно письмо, а я послал ему четыре. 4. Я хочу предложить тебе кое-что. Мы обсуждали это с твоей матерью. 5. Бе-рил тут рассказывала мне совершенно поразительные вещи. Наверняка она преувеличивала. 6. Я пригласил его пообедать у меня в воскресенье. 7. Именно это я старалась вспомнить с тех пор, как познакомилась с ним. 8. «Не может быть, чтобы это было правдой, — подумала она. — Это мне просто снится» . 9. Знаешь, эти последние несколько недель я по тебе очень скучал. 10. Боюсь, я не понимаю тебя, Джеральд. Я не передумала. А ты? –4

Ex. 4, р. 436

1. It is half past eight and you havent done your morning exercises yet. 2. I got up with a headache today and decided to walk to my office instead of taking a bus. Now I am feeling much better. 3, Did you meet any interesting people at the holiday camp? 4. She hasnt had a holiday for two years. 5. Did you enjoy Marys singing? 6. Where did you buy these lovely gloves? 7. "Where has she gone? Maybe she is in the lab?" — "No, Ive just been there. Its locked." 8. Why have/did you shut your book? Please open it again on page ten. 9. Iam sorry. What did you say, Mr. Hartley? 10. His face seems familiar to me. When and where did I see him? 11.1 hear you have justgoi married. When did the ceremony take place"! 12. Old George hasnt been here for years! 13. "Have you read "The Man of Property"?" — "I began the book last week and have just finished it." 14. A few months ago they pulled down some old houses in our street and began to build a new block of flats. 15. Do you remember my name or have you forgotten it? 16. When I called on him, I found that he was out. 17. His first question to the girl was: "Where did you see the man?" 18. What was her answer to your question? 19. Where did you put my umbrella? I need it. 20. He sat there quietly for a while and then left unnoticed.

PAGE118 Grammar Exercises

Ex. 5, p. 437

a) 1. The Past Indefinite (was and seemed) is used to state past; facts (to denote past states), and the Past Perfect (had been) serve to express an action that began before the given moment in th past and continued into it. Since the verb in question to be i stative and cannot be normally used in Continuous forms, th use of the Past Continuous is impossible. 2. The Past Indefinit (went) is used to denote a single past action, and the Pas Continuous (was setting) expresses an action that was in progres at the moment. 3. The Past Indefinite (listened and could not) i used to state past facts, and the Past Continuous (was being said), shows that the action was in progress at the given moment in the! past. 4. The Past Indefinite is used to state a simple fact in the; past (was) and a single past action (asked), and the Past Perfect] serves to express an action which preceded the action of the verbs used in the Past Indefinite. 5. The Past Indefinite is used to state-a past fact (to denote a past state) (knew), and the Past Continuous; (was going) expresses a planned future action viewed from the past. 6. The Past Indefinite (were written) is used to state a simple5 fact in the past.

b) 1. It was the poorest room Hilary had seen. 2. No sooner had she arrived at the station than a fast London train came ever. 3. It was decided to say nothing to Sidney until the answer was received/had been received. 4. Arthur went up to his room. Nothing in it had been changed since his arrest. 5. No wonder he was very tired. He had been working too hard for the last three months. 6. I was trembling tike a leaf. 7. Mr. Dennant, accustomed to laugh at other people, did not suspect that he was being laughed at. 8. She said it in a voice he had never heard before. 9. I looked into the kitchen. Mary-Ann was putting the supper on a tray to take it into the dining-room. 10.1 was fifteen and had just come back from school for the summer holiday. 11. It had been raining heavily since morning and she did not allow the children to go out. 12. Soon I got a letter from her to the effect that she was returning from the South of France; she wanted me to meet her. 13. Trafalgar Square was laid about a hundred years ago. 14. I had finished my work for the day and was resting quietly in my armchair, thinking of the days that had gone by. 15. George, who had been laughing loudly, suddenly broke off. 16. When Bambys mother stood up, her head was

The Indicative Mood (Units I—3)

119

hidden among the branches. 17. She had been reading the book ever since she came from school and couldnt tear herself away from it. 18. She had known Jim for more than ten years, ever since her husband, who taught/was teaching/had taught/had been teaching at that time in a Grammar school in London, first made his acquaintance through the Labour Party. 19, He said he had been waitingior more than an hour. 20.1 was sure they had been talking about me, because they had broken off/broke off as soon as I entered. 21. He said he had got /got two letters from Alice. 22. The rain that had been falling since the morning had ceased by the afternoon, but a strong wind was still blowing and the sky mas covered with dark clouds.

Ex. 6, p. 438

1. I hear/Ive heard he has recently returned from the Far East. 2. Look here, Tom, Ive been wanting to talk to you. 3. We didnt expect/hadnt expected him to come, but he did. 4. He had been ill for two days when the doctor was sent for. 5. I wonder what he thinks about it all. 6. Your eyes are red. Have you been crying? 7. The story he has just been telling you is pure invention. 8. He was breathing heavily and could not utter a word. 9.1 have never met him and dont know what he looks like. 10. She put aside the book she had been reading and came up to the window.

11. And now I must go to bed, we are leaving early in the morning.

12. Why have you opened the window? It is very noisy outside.

13. "Have you found the magazine you lost yesterday?" —– "Yes, I have." — "And where did you find it?" — "On Fathers desk. He had taken it to read in bed before going to sleep." 14. For a minute or so she stared at her father, then turned and walked/ went out of the room. 15. She always asks questions. 16. You are looking/look upset. What have they been talking to you about?

Ex. 7, p. 438

a) 1. The Future Continuous tense (will be sleeping) is used to express an action in progress at a certain moment of time in the future. 2. The Future Perfect (will have worked) is used to denote an action that began before the given moment in the future and will continue up to or into it. 3. The Future Continuous (will be telling) is used to denote a future action expected by the speaker. 4. The Future Indefinite (will try) is used to denote a simple future

120 Grammar Exercises

action in a complex sentence with a clause of time. 5. The Future Perfect (will have forgotten) is used to express an action that will be completed before the given moment in the future. 6. The Future Indefinite (will be back) is used to express a simple fact in the future.

b) 1. How youve grownl Good gracious me, you will get moustache soon! 2. I hope you wont have forgotten all this b tomorrow! 3. By next Sunday you will have been staying with us for five weeks. 4. If we dont get there before seven, they will do everything. 5. I will probably want to see the book before he finishes it. 6. You must not eat any solid food until your temperature goes down. 7.1 know you will whisper when Peg has gone/is gone. You always do. 8. When we got back, they were having supper. 9. Look! The leaves are yellow, they are going to fall soon. 10. While I live, I will always remember his face. 11. I dont think he will wire before he arrives. 12. Nobody knows when it will all be settled. 13. Im not sure if he wilt be glad to see me. 14. She will do/will be doing her home-work after supper. 15.1 suppose you will work/ will be working very hard in the autumn.

Ex. 8, p. 439

"Shall I call again tomorrow?" asked the doctor, before taking leave of the old man.

"Oh, no, we will send for you if she isnt so well," he replied, "She has hardly had any temperature today; her cough is easier; and the pain has quite disappeared, I cant think, though, how she has caught this germ. She has hardly been out of the house for the last three weeks, owing to the intenseness of the cold, and nobody else has influenza, or even a cold."

"She is certainly very subject to infection. Has she ever tried a course of injections to strengthen her system against these germs? Three injections a, intervals of a week, at the beginning of the winter, will often work marvels."

"It is difficult to persuade her to take care of herself, doctor," sighed the father, "but when she is better, I will certainly suggest it to her."

Ex. 9, p. 440

Many years ago I was thrown by accident among a certain society of Englishmen, who, when they were all together, never

The Indicative Mood (Units 1—3)

PAGE121

talked about anything worth talking about. Their general conversations were absolutely empty and dull, and I concluded, as young men so easily conclude that those twenty orthirty gentlemen did not have half a dozen ideas among them. A little reflection reminded me, however, that my own talk was no better than theirs, and consequently that there might be others in the company who also knew more and thought more than they expressed. I found out by accident, after a while, that some of these men had more than common culture in various directions: one or two had travelled far, and brought home the results of much observation; one or two Лас/ read largely, and with profit; more than one had studied a science; five or six had seen a great deal of the world. It was a youthful mistake to conclude,the men were dull because their general conversation was very dull. The general conversations of English society are dull; it is a national characteristic.

Ex. 10, p. 440

Suddenly there came a knock to the door and Dorian heard Lord Henrys voice outside. He said he couldnt bear his friend shutting himself in and asked Dorian to let him in at once.

Dorian made no answer at first, but then jumped up and unlocked the door.

The first thing Lord Henry said when he entered was that he was sorry for it all but in his opinion Dorian mustnt think too much of it. Then he inquired if Dorian had seen Sibyl Vane after the play was over.

Dorian said that he had and confessed that he had been brutal to her. He added however, that everything was all right and he felt perfectly happy at the moment. He had decided to marry Sibyl Vane because he wanted to be good and couldnt bear the idea of his soul being so had and ugly.

Ex. 11, p. 441

I have noticed that when someone asks for you on the telephone and, finding you out, leaves a message begging you to call him up the moment you come in, the matter is more important to him than to you. When it comes to making you a present or doing you a favour, most people are able to hold their impatience. So when I was told by Miss Fellows, my landlady, that Mr. Alroy Kear wished me to ring him up at once, I felt that I could safely ignore his request.

PAGE122 Grammar Exercises

I had not seen Roy for three months and then only for a fe minutes at a party. "London is awful," he said. "One never ha time to see any of the people one wants to. Lets lunch togethe one day, shall we?"

As I was smoking a pipe before going to bed, I turned over1 my mind the possible reasons for which Roy might want me t lunch with him.

Ex. 13, p. 442

1. "He doesnt know your address, does he?" — "Yes, hedoesi He has called on me." 2. They had hardly/scarcely/barely covere-* thirty kilometres when the weather changed. 3. He is a teache of English. He has been in teaching since he graduated fro: university. 4. "Where have you been all this time?" — "Im sorry^ I didnt know you were waiting for me." 5. She sat in the garde for a long time and did not know what was going on/happenin in the house. 6. The key had been looked for since the ver morning, but it was nowhere to be found. 7.1 wonder where the; put my books. 8. Have you known each other long (for a long] time)? 9. Now she is staying with her aunt. 10. Dick wa thoughtful for a few days, and it was clear to us that he was1 thinking over some plan .11. Next year he will have been living] in Russia for ten years. 12. She said she would send a telegram if she didnt hear from home. 13. I hear she has fallen ill and is in hospital now. What hospital has she been taken to? 14. This elderly woman with a kindly face and grey hair is the head physician of the hospital. Ive heard a lot about her, she is well spoken of. 15. What a pity that the doctor has left. I didnt ask/ havent asked him when I should take/havent asked when to take the pills. 16. Youll see, in a moment shell be telling us about her diseases, visits to the doctor and suchlike.

Ex. 14, p. 442

The landlady brought the tea. I didnt want anything, but Ted made me eat some ham. Then I sat at the window. I did not look round when the landlady came up to clear away, I did not want anyone to speak to me. Ted was reading a book; at least he was pretending to, but he did not turn the page, and I saw the tears dropping on it. I kept on looking out of the window. It was the end of June, and the days were long. I was looking at the people going in and out of the public-house and the trams going up and down. I

The Indicative Mood (Units 1—3) 123

fftougAf theday would never come to an end; then all of a sudden I noticed that it was night. All the lamps were/had been lit.

"Why dont you light the gas?" I said to Ted. "Its no good sitting in the dark."

He lit the gas. I dont know what had come/came over me. I felt that if I went on sitting in that room, I would go mad. I wanted to go somewhere where there were lights and people.

Ex. 15, p. 443

Comments

1. The Past Indefinite (looked) is used to express a single action in the past, and the Present Perfect Continuous Exclusive (has been happening) serves to express an action of some duration which began in the past and stopped shortly before the moment of speaking. 2. The Past Indefinite (made) is used to state a simple fact in the past, and the Present Perfect Durative (Exclusive) (have been) serves to express an action which began before the moment of speaking and continues into it. This grammatical meaning is mostly conveyed by means of the Present Perfect Continuous, but with verbs which are not normally used in Continuous forms, such as the verb to be, the Present Perfect Durative is found instead. 3. The Present Indefinite (think and am) is used to express actions in progress at the moment of speaking with the verb to think which is non-progressive when it means to suppose, to consider, to believe, etc. and with the verb to be which in most cases does not admit of Continuous forms either. The Present Continuous (is wondering) is used to express an action going on at the moment of speaking. 4. The Past Indefinite (woke up and said) is used to denote a succession of past actions. The Present Perfect Resultative (Exclusive) (Have I been asleep?) expresses an action that began in the past, continued for some time and has j ust stopped. 5. The Present Indefinite expresses an action in progress at the moment of speaking with the verb hope which is mostly used as a non-progressive one, unless the speaker wants to sound very emphatic. The Present Perfect Resultative (Exclusive) (havent disturbed) is used to denote a past action connected with the present through its result. The Past Indefinite (werent asleep, were you?) is used because the action took place during a finished period of time. 6. The Present Perfect Resultative (have grown) is used because the past action in question is connected with the present through its results (has

124 Grammar Exercises

clear consequences in the present). The Past Indefinite is used Ц denote a single past action (said) and to state a simple past facl (to denote a past state) (was). The Past Perfect (had changed) il used to denote a prior action (an action that was completed bef orJ the given moment in the past). 7. The Present Indefinite (is) a used to state a simple fact in the present (to denote a presenj state). The Present Perfect Continuous (have been keeping) serve] to express an action of some duration which stopped just beforf the moment of speaking (an action which began before thi moment of speaking, continued for some time and stopped shortlj before the speaker mentioned it). 8. The Past Indefinite (lovedX is used to express a simple fact in the past. The structure used td feed expresses a habitual action in the past. So does the for3 would*Infinitive (would ring and would come). The onl3 difference between the two is that the latter conveys an additional modal colouring of will or perseverance. 9. The Past Continuous (was calling) is used to express an action in progress at the give* moment in the past, and the Past Perfect (had dropped) serves trf express a prior action. 10. The Present Indefinite (speak and do] is used to denote a habitual action in the present. 11. The Pasi Indefinite is used to denote a succession of past actions. 12. Thi Past Indefinite (said) is used to state a simple past fact (to deno^ a single past action). In What did you say? the Past Indefinite " used rather than the Present Perfect because the time when th action took place is definite in the minds of both the speaker an listener, that is they know when the words were uttered an regard that moment as a finished period of time. 13. The Рая Indefinite is used in the when-cl&nse (left) and in the princip-clause (asked) because the past action in the principal claus follows shortly after the past action of the шЛеп-clause. The Pas Perfect Continuous (had been telling) is used in the relativ subordinate clause to denote a prior action of some duration tha continued up to the given moment in past. 14. The Present Indefinite (Do you know?) is used to denote a present state, and the Future Indefinite (will be out) serves to express a future state. The Past Indefinite (looked out and was) is used to state simple past facts.

Translation

1. Она изумленно посмотрела на меня, словно спрашивая: «Что со мною было?» 2. От тихих звуков ее голоса он задрожал. «Мне кажется, я знаю вас уже много лет», — промолви

TheIndicative Mood (Units 1—3) PAGE125

ла она. 3. А теперь, папа, мне, пожалуй, лучше вернуться, а то мама, наверное, уже гадает, куда я подевался. 4. Потом она проснулась и спросила: «Я что, спала?» 5. Надеюсь, я вас не побеспокоил. Ведь вы же не спали? 6. «Как ты выросла!» — сказал Рэндал. Так оно и было. Она изменилась. 7. О господи! Что это за звуки? Да это же бой часов! 8. «Стив любил птиц, — сказала Миранда. — Он всегда, бывало, кормил их. Каждое утро звонил в колокольчик, и они прилетали». 9. Ветер немного утих, и где-то за домом куковала кукушка. 10. Вы, как всегда, заставляете меня смотреть в лицо реальности. Все, что вы говорили, совершенно верно. 11. Эмма сняла очки и отложила вязание в сторону, потом закрыла глаза и погладила своими длинными пальцами сомкнутые веки. 12. Она встрепенулась: «Извини, Люси, что ты сказала?» 13. Когда Френсис и Фой ушли, Кэтрин спросила Льюиса, что они рассказывали ему про молодого Люка. 14. Вы не знаете, когда будут известны результаты? 15. Он посмотрел на часы. Пора было входить. Милдред, должно быть, уже ждала его.

Ex. 16, р. 443

1. Lets have dinner up here. If we go down to the restaurant, we will be interrupted, and the music is so loud there. We wont be able to hear each other speak. — Давайте поужинаем здесь. Если мы спустимся в ресторан, нас будут перебивать, к тому же там слишком громко играет музыка. Мы просто не расслышим друг друга. 2. You have really never been to a ball, Leila? — Ты что, Лейла, и вправду никогда раньше не бывала на балу? 3. My wife iias been in Europe for the last ten months on a visit to our eldest daughter who was married last year. — Последние десять месяцев моя жена находится в Европе. Она поехала туда, чтобы навестить нашу старшую дочь, которая в прошлом году вышла замуж. 4. Hello, John! Have you been waiting long? — Привет, Джон! Давно ждешь? 5. She told him that she rang/had rung him, but she had not done so. — Она сказала, что звонила ему, но это была неправда. 6. Не looked up with surprise, "India? Did you go to India?" — Он посмотрел на него/нее и т.п. с удивлением: «ВИндии?Вы быливИндии?» 7.1 have never known anyone I have liked as much as I like you. I have never felt so happy with anyone. But I am sure it is not what people and what books mean when they talk about love.— Я никогда не встречала никого, кто нравился бы мне так, как вы. Я ни с кем не

PAGE126 Grammar Exercises

чувствовала себя такой счастливой. Но я уверена: это не то1 что имеют в виду, когда говорят или пишут о любви. 8. It w now over a year. He had not heard from her since she left, exce for a postcard. — Прошло уже больше года. С тех пор как он уехала, он не получил от нее ни весточки, если не считать о? ной-единственной открытки. 9. The green door opened and shw again, and all was silence. He paired a minute or two. What we? they saying to each other now? — Зеленая дверь открылась! потом опять закрылась, и все погрузилось в тишину. Он по) дождал минуту или две. Что же они говорят друг другу 10. "She will be disappointed if you dont come." Randal hesitated. "No," he said. "I wont come in. You can go alone." ~4 «Она будет разочарована, если ты не придешь». Рэндал заколебался. «Нет, — сказал он. — Я не войду. Можешь идг один». 11. Good heavens, my old doll! Did you find it in Anns1 room? I had forgotten all about it by now. — Господи, помилуй] голубушка ты моя! Ты нашла это в комнате Анны? А я-то ужв обо всем забыл. 12. My mother is coming to stay with us next weekend. — На выходные к нам приедет погостить моя мама, 13. The garden looks quite different now that the leaves have fallen. — Теперь, когда листья опали, сад выглядит совсем по-другому. 14. I am sure you will have finished your work by six oclock. — Уверен, что ты закончишь работу к шести. 15. She says she will do the washing tomorrow. — Она говорит, что займется стиркой завтра. 16. Jago told Eliot that Nightingale and| he had just been discussing the future of the college. — Джейгоу сказал Элиоту, что они с Найтингейлом только что обсуждали будущее колледжа.

Ex. 17, р. 444

I. I only want to ask when the decision will be taken; wed like to know the date, thats all. 2. "Hello, you two," he cried gaily. "Where have you been hiding?" 3. Im afraid I must be off now. My parents have come unexpectedly. Thank you, Mrs. Welch, I enjoyed myself very much. 4. Margaret Peel has told me that Bertrandis coming down at the weekend. 5. He was alarmed by the thought that he would have to talk to the girl all the way back. 6. In the dining-saloon he noticed that the dark man who had been dining alone was now at the table with Mrs. Cockson and Mrs. Benson. 7. Mr. Pinfold did not sleep for very long. He awoke as usual very early. 8.1 dont see what you are driving at.

The Indicative Mood (Units 1—3) 127

9.1 know very little of him, though we have been living/have lived so near all these years. 10.1 have wanted/have been wanting us to have a little talk for quite some time, old boy. Ever since that summer Ball, in fact. 11. As they were strolling up College Road, Beesley began talking about the examination results in his Department. 12.1 want to send a telegram. I am not feeling/dont feel very well. I wonder if you could write it for me? 13. Dixon was a bit disappointed, he teas feeling/felt none of the pleasurable excitement he had expected. 14. We will come for you when we want you. Better lock the door. 15.1 have had my eye on him ever since we started. Have you noticed anything odd about him? 16. He was not a cruel man by nature, and if as secretly a little ashamed of the part he had been playing during the last month.

Ex. 18, p. 445

1. «Как ты?» — спросила она. «Спасибо, хорошо. Я работал». 2. Я разговаривал с директором о неделе открытых дверей, которую будут проводить в колледже в конце семестра. 3. «Мы все ждем, Нед», — сказала миссис Уэллс, сидя за пианино. 4. Я написал дяде и попросил его сообщить, когда он приезжает. 5. Уверен, профессор, вы понимаете, что в последние месяцы мое положение здесь меня беспокоит. 6. «Я очень надеюсь, что в субботу вы придете». — «Я тоже на это надеюсь. До свидания». 7. Он искал сигареты, когда в дверь вошел Джо. Может быть, он подслушивал? 8. Да, кстати, Кэрол, я все собирался сказать тебе, что Кристина все-таки придет на танцы и приведет с собой своего дядю. 9. Последнее время я чувствую себя очень подавленным. 10. «Как ты себя чувствуешь, Стив? — спросила его жена.— Надеюсь, уже не таким усталым?» 11. Когда обед подходил к концу, миссис Скарфилд спросила: «Вы сыграете с нами в бридж?», и он ответил: «Боюсь, сегодня вечером я не смогу». 12. «Извините, ради Бога,— сказал Глоувер, — я просто не знаю, о чем вы говорите». 13. О, да ведь это как раз то, что говорил я, только сказано другими словами. 14. При виде подноса, на котором стояли чашки, фляжка с горячительным и блюдо с печеньем, дрожавший Диксон приободрился. 15. Ах, мистер Диксон, а я-то все думала: когда же я увижу вас снова? 16. В тот вечер перед ужином он присоединился к Скарфилдам. «Через пару дней станет жарко», —

128 Grammar Esterases

сказала миссис Скарфилд. 17. Полно, Дорис, мы говорили с тобой для твоего же блага.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

AND THE CONDITIONAL MOOD

(TO UNITS ONE—THREE)

Ex. 19, p. 446

1. were — Present Subjunctive Mood, should have — Presen Conditional Mood; 2. were — Present Subjunctive Mood, should pay — Present Conditional Mood; 3. wouldnt find — Present; Conditional Mood, tried — Present Subjunctive Mood; 4. hated Present Subjunctive Mood, wouldnt be — Present Conditional Mood; 5. would hardly know — Present Conditional Mood, met — Present Subjunctive Mood; 6. had known — Past Subjunctive Mood, shouldnt have come — Past Conditional Mood; 7. should never have found — Past Conditional Mood, hadnt helped — Past Subjunctive Mood; 8. had left — Past Subjunctive Mood, would have caught — Past Conditional Mood; 9. had taken — Past Subjunctive Mood, would feel — Present Conditional Mood; 10. had read — Past Subjunctive Mood, would know — Present Conditional Mood

1. Будь я молод, я бы провел отпуск в походе. 2. На твоем месте я нестал бы обращать внимания на ее слова. 3. Ваза очень красивая. Вы ни за что не нашли бы ей пару. 4. Если бы ты терпеть не могбольных, ты бы не стал врачом, дорогой. 5. «Говорят, Фрэнк очень изменился*. — «О да. Если б вы его сейчас встретили, вряд ли бы узнали». 6. Если бы я это знал, то не пришел бы. 7. Мы бы никогда не нашли этот дом, если бы нам не помог прохожий. 8. Если бы вы вышли из дома пораньше, то успели бы на трамвай. 9. Если бы вы принимали лекарство, которое прописал врач, вы бы сейчас чувствовали себя лучше. 10. Если бы вы прочитали рекомендованную мной статью, вы бы знали, как отвечать на такие вопросы.

The Subjunctive Mood and the Conditional Mood (Units I—3) PAGE129

Ex. 22, p. 447

1. If they hadnt helped us, we wouldnt have found the way.

2. If I had enough money, I would buy this cassette-recorder.

3. You will be/ would be able to speak English better if you study/ studied harder. 4. If she were older, she would understand you better. 5. If he had been in town yesterday, he would have called on us. 6. We would have enjoyed the play better if it were not so long. 7. My uncle would be able to help us if he were here. 8. I would have done the same if I had been there. 9. If I had known of your arrival, I would have met you. 10. If you knew what it is all about, you wouldnt keep on smiling. 11. If you had gone to the theatre last night^Jm sure, you would have enjoyed the play. 12. He would be acting/would have acted differently if he realized/had realized the situation. 13. If she had come earlier, she would have been able to see them before they went out. 14. Nobody told me about your trouble. I would have helped you if I nad Aeard about it. 15.1 would have come sooner if I had known you were here. 16. We wouldnt know anything about their plans for the summer holidays if Mario had not sent us a letter. 17. If you had come between two and three yesterday, you would have found him in. 18. If I were you, I would have a long walk in the park. 19. If I could help you, I readily would do so, but you know I cant. 20.1 must be off now. If it were not so late, I would stay a little longer.

Ex. 23, p. 448

1. They would do it if they could. 2. If it were summer now, we should go to the country. 3. If he wrote to me, I would write to him. 4. She would have found the book if she had opened the bag. 5. It would be better if they didnt come. 6.1 would have given it to you if you hadnt been out. 7.1 could knit another sweater if I had more wool. 8.1 would study Italian if I had more spare time. 9. If she had followed the doctors advice, she wouldnt have fallen seriously ill. 10. The boy wouldnt be shivering if he were well. 11. If he hadnt refused my help, the work would be/would have been finished today. 12. I wouldnt have a headache if I hadnt had a sleepless night. 13. Anne could translate this song if she knew French well enough. 14. You would fee quite all right now if you had taken the medicine regularly. 15. If they hadnt taken a taxi, they would have missed the train. 16. If he knew her address, he would write to her, Im sure. 17. The garden would look

PAGE130 Grammar Exercises

beautiful if the trees were not bare. 18. He wouldnt make so many I mistakes if he knew grammar well enough. 19. Would you do it] for me if I asked you?

Ex. 24, p. 448

1. What would you say if I invited him for the weekend/to] stay with us over the weekend? 2. What medicine would you] recommend if the boy had a sore throat/were to have a sore] throat? 3. If I could play the piano well, I should/would play for ] you. 4. The boy wouldnt be shivering if he werent cold. Give him a cup of hot tea. 5. We would gladly stay another hour if it ] werent so late. 6. If I had known that you had called me to] reproach me, I wouldnt have come. 7. If you had taken the] medicines prescribed by the doctor regularly, you would be ] feeling/would feel much better now. 8. If we had begun working I early in the morning, we would have been through long ago. 9. If j I were you, I wouldnt argue/wouldnt have argued with them. ] 10. If we had known it at the time/Had we known it at the time, we would have taken measures. 11. If everything were all right, J he wouldnt look so worried/preoccupied. 12. I would have done I it long ago if I had known that it was so important. 13. If you had ] followed/taken my advice, everything would be all right now. j 14. If you hadnt refused his offer/proposal, we should have all j gone/left together and shouldnt be hanging around here/sitting here atone. 15. I am sure that you would have been able to do it ■ without my help if you had tried. 16. I might stay/I would j probably stay if I were allowed to. 17. You would save/would have saved time if you went/had gone by train and by boat. 18. If you knew him as I do, you would trust him too. 19. I would have answered your question long ago if I could. 20. If you had called j me, I would have dropped in yesterday. 21. If I were you, i] wouldn t go there without an invitation.

Ex. 25, p. 449

Comments

a) In sentences 1 and 7 the action of the object subordinate clause is either simultaneous with that of the principal clause (the wish-clause) or follows it, so the Present Subjunctive (the non-factual Past Indefinite) is used.

In complex sentences 2—6 and 8 the action of the object subordinate clause precedes that of the principal wish-clause,

The Subjunctive Mood and the Conditional Mood (Units 1—3) 131

hence the use of the Past Subjunctive (the non-factual Past Perfect).

b) In complex sentences 1, 7, 8 the action of the subordinate clauses of unreal comparison is simultaneous with that of the principal clauses, so the Present Subjunctive Mood (the non-factual Past Indefinite) is used in the subordinate clauses.

In complex sentences 4, 6, 9, 10 the Present Subjunctive Continuous (the non-factual Past Continuous) is used in the subordinate clauses of unreal comparison because their imagined actions serve as a background for the actions of the principal clauses. <>,

In sentence 3 the Past Subjunctive (the non-factual Past Perfect) is used in the subordinate clause of unreal comparison because its imagined action precedes that of the principal clause.

In sentences 2 and 5 the Past Subjunctive Continuous (the non-factual Past Perfect Continuous) is used in the subordinate clauses of unreal comparison because their imagined actions went on for some time up to the moment when the actions of the principal clauses took place.

c) In sentences 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 the Present Subjunctive (the non-factual Past Indefinite) is used in the subordinate clauses of unreal concession (1—4) and unreal condition (7, 8) because the situations refer to the present.

In sentences 5, 6, 9,10 the Past Subjunctive (the non-factual Past Perfect) is used in the clauses of unreal concession (5) and unreal condition (6, 9,10) because the situations refer to the past.

d) Sentences 1—6 are simple exclamatory sentences that express a wish which cannot be fulfilled.

Sentences 1, 2, 3, 5 refer to the present, so the Present Subjunctive is used.

Sentences 4 and 6 refer to the past, hence the use of the Past Subj unctive.

Translation

1. Ты был очень добр к тому иностранцу. Дик. Хорошо бы/ Хотелось бы его увидеть. (Жаль, что мы не можем с ним встретиться.) 2. Дора жалела, что не вынула книгу из чемодана до отхода поезда. 3. Это хорошая мысль. Жаль, что я не подумал

132 Grammar Exercises

об этом раньше. 4. Он кивнул ей и торопливо направился к своей комнате. Жаль, что она его видела. Жаль, что она вообще там оказалась. 5. Он подумал, что было бы куда лучше, если бы Милдред к нему не обращалась. 6. Это была отличная: мысль. Жаль, что она не пришла в голову мне самому. 7. Хо-| телось бы мне быть в этом уверенным. 8. Неужели вам не жаль, 1 что вы не явились раньше?

го

b) 1. Казалось, ему хотелось выговориться, но он боялся сказать что-нибудь обид1 ое. 2. Теперь я припоминаю, что он то1 час же побледнел и начал задыхаться, как будто только что долго бежал. 3. Под глазами у нее залегли тени, как будто она не спала всю ночь. 4. Внезапно он улыбнулся, и голос его изменился, словно он желал рассказать какую-то тайну. 5. У нее был такой довольный вид, как будто она весь день ждала этой минуты. 6. Хью был удивлен и раздосадован, и к тому же продрог, как будто температура в комнате все время опускалась. 7. А вы ведите себя так, словно мы с вами знакомы. 8. Ты теперь уже почти взрослый, и я буду говорить с тобой как со взрослым. А ты должен мне в этом помочь. 9. Они пристально глядели друг на друга в безмолвном доме, и казалось, что они прислушиваются к чьим-то отдаленным шагам. 10. Во всем его поведении чувствовалась какая-то странная осторожность, как будто он втайне вынашивал некий план.

c) 1. Даже если бы вы только подумали, что я могу быть вам: полезен, я и то был бы очень рад, я был бы просто счастлив! получить разрешение остаться. 2. Пусть это даже было бы правдой — зачем об этом говорить? 3. Я бы добрался туда, даже если бы мне пришлось всю дорогу идти пешком. 4. Даже есл! бы вы дважды попросили его не делать этого, он бы все равнс сделал это опять; он мальчик упрямый. 5. Вы бы не смогл! связаться с ним, даже если бы попытались: его не было в городе. 6. Если бы мы вовремя получили информацию, мы могли бы предотвратить катастрофу. 7. *Видишь ли, — сказал Рэн-дал, — я бы не пошел, если бы тебе этого не хотелось». 8. Думаю, было бы естественно, если бы вы к ним присоединились. 9. «Вот бы знать: было бы все по-другому, если б мама не умер-1 ла?» — подумала она. 10. Кто-нибудь обязательно бы заметил, если бы ее там не было.

The Subjunctive Mood and the Conditional Mood

(Units1—3)PAGE133

d) 1. Если бы только отец был жив! 2. Если бы это было правдой! 3. Если бы (только) я мог в это поверить! 4. Если бы только он рассказал тебе всю историю с начала до конца! 5. Если бы (только) она была с нами! 6. Если бы только я не упомянул его имени! Как я мог сделать такую глупость!

Ex. 26, р. 450

1. I dont know how to address him. I wish I knew his name. 2.1 feel as if my head were on fire. 3. If only I had known earlier, I would have sent you a telegram. 4. My wife says she wishes I were a thousand miles away. 5. He felt as if he were floating in the air. 6. He stared at me as if I had asked him something very odd. 7. At that moment she wished she hadnt sent for him. 8. If I had told you, you might have thought it was my choice. 9. Even if it were twice as dangerous, I would carry out my plan. 10. I wish I had never seen you. 11. Dont look at me as if you had never seen me before. 12.1 think it would be natural if you joined them. 13. Remember her! As if I could forget her! 14. Then he suddenly said, "Would you take me to Grayhallock if 1 asked?" 15. Dont you think it would be rather nice if we asked her to stay on for a week as our guest? 16. "How I wish I had been there with you," I said with deep regret. 17. "Dont be sorry," she said. "I should be relieved if you went, if it were settled somehow." 18. Well, at any rate, the weather isnt going to present difficulties. It looks as though it has set in fine. 19.1 wouldnt be sure of it if I were you.

Ex. 27, p. 451

Comments

1. It is a simple sentence containing an implied unreal condition. The Present Conditional Mood is used because the whole situation refers to the present. 2. This is a Type 3 complex conditional sentence. The Past Conditional Mood is used in the principal clause because the whole situation refers to the past. 3. This is a complex sentence with a clause of unreal concession. The Present Conditional Mood is used in the principal clause because the whole situation refers to the present. 4. This is a simple sentence of implied unreal condition with a but for construction. The Past Conditional Mood is used because the situation refers to the past. 5. This is a complex sentence which contains an implied unreal condition. The Present Conditional

134 Grammar Exercises

Mood is used in the principal clause because its action refers to the present or future. 6. This is a compound sentence; its second clause contains an implied unreal condition. The Past Conditional Mood is used in it because the whole situation refers to the past. 8. This is a simple sentence containing an implied unreal condition. The Present Conditional Mood is used because its action refers to the present 9. We shouldnt have managed them alone is a simple sentence containing an implied unreal condition. The Past Conditional Mood is used because its action refers to the past. 10. This is a complex sentence containing two subordinate clauses: a clause of real condition and an object clause. The latter: Crawford would never have done so in similar circumstances contains an implied unreal condition. The Past Conditional Mood is used here because the situation refers to the past. 11. This is a simple sentence containing an implied condition expressed by a but for construction. The Present Conditional Mood is used here because the situation refers to no particular time. 12. This is a compound sentence. Its second clause contains an implied unreal condition. The whole situation refers to the past, so the Past Conditional Mood is used. 14. The second of the two simple sentences contains an implied unreal condition. The Past Conditional Mood is used because the whole situation refers to the past. 15. This is a simple sentence containing an implied unreal condition. The Present Conditional Mood is used because the situation refers to the present. 17. This is a compound sentence; the clause that comes first contains an implied unreal condition. The situation refers to the past, hence the use of the Past Conditional Mood. 18. This is a conditional sentence of a mixed type. The action in the conditional clause refers to the past, hence the use of the Past Subjunctive, and the action of the principal clause refers to the present, hence the Present Conditional Mood.

Translation

1. На твоем месте я бы сейчас не волновался. Уверен, очень скоро все прояснится. 2. Я бы не удивился, если бы он нашел какую-нибудь уважительную причину и не пришел. 3. Но даже если бы вы были правы, я бы предпочел действовать по-своему. 4. Если бы не моя помощь, он бы провалил последний экзамен. 5. По-моему, сейчас она была бы счастлива заполучить то, от чего тогда отказалась. 6. Сэр Хорэс задал мне один или

The Subjunctive Mood and the Conditional Mood (Units 1—3)

PAGE135

два вопроса, и с моей стороны было бы невежливо не ответить.

7. Несколько лет назад он не стал бы так говорить о Джейгоу.

8. Пойдем, Джесси! В одиночестве тебе будет еще хуже. 9. Я думаю о тех замечательных результатах, которых мы достигли, работая вместе. Поодиночке нам бы это не удалось. Жаль, что теперь мы действуем врозь. 10. Если ты нарушишь свое обещание, люди скажут, что в подобных обстоятельствах Кро-форд никогда бы так не поступил. 11. Не будь пчел, не было бы и меда. 12. Она не желала даже смотреть в мою сторону. Взгляни она на меня хоть раз, я бы подошел и извинился. 13. Он очень спешил, и ему некогда было все обдумать. Иначе он нашел бы лучший выход из положения. 14. Но миссис Джейгоу не смогла в точности скопировать особенности речи леди Мюриэл. Говоря с мужчинами или о мужчинах, леди Мюриэл никогда не стала бы употреблять их университетские звания. 15. Лично я бы на это не согласился. 16. Они все были бы только рады тебя видеть. 17. Я бы ее выпроводил, но мне казалось, что –ны хочешь записать ее речь с помощью этих твоих устройств. 18. Ты никогда никому не делал ничего хорошего. Если бы ты вел себя по-другому, у тебя сейчас было бы больше сторонников.

Ex. 28, р. 451

1. It would do you/him/her, etc. good to consult a doctor./ It would be good to consult a doctor. 2. It would be interesting to find out which of us is right: you or me. 3. It would be nice to have a swim/to go swimming in such hot weather. 4. It would be nice to have a cup of coffee. 5. It would be very important to learn his opinion of this matter. 6. It would do you a lot/a world of good to go in for sports. 7. She would be a good student if she werent so often ill and didnt miss classes. 8. We would be glad to help you, but we are very busy tod. y. 9.1 think she wouldnt have got angry if you hadnt made so much noise. 10.1 would go to the south but my doctor advised me against it. 11.1 would go to the cafeteria with you, but my doctor has prescribed me a diet.

12. You did well to follow the doctors advice, or else/otherwise you would surely have gone down/fallen ill with pneumonia.

13. On Sunday it rained all day, otherwise we should have gone to the country. 14. He says theres something wrong with his heart, otherwise he would have taken part in the competition. 15. But for my headache I would join you/keep you company.

PAGE136 Grammar Exercises

16. He wouldnt have recovered so quickly if he hadnt been taken; good care of in hospital./He wouldnt have recovered so quickly? but for the good attendance in hospital. 17. But for his good health/If it werent for his good health he wouldnt have been able to endure all the hardships of the expedition. 18. But for your pills, doctor, I would have had to go to hospital. They have worked a miracle. 19. If you had dressed more warmly yesterday, you wouldnt be coughing and sneezing now. 20. If you knew the symptoms of measles, you would have understood right away/at once that it wasnt scarlet fever. 21. He would have come with us but for his sudden illness. 22. What a strange womanl She wouldnt consult a doctor even if she felt ill. 23. Even if he had been operated on, it wouldnt have done him any good./Even he were operated on, it wouldnt make any difference. 24. It was late, and it would have been natural if the sick child had fallen asleep, but he was awake and his eyes were fixed on the foot of the bed. 25. How would you answer this question? 26. What would you do in my place? 27. I would advise you to go to a dentist. 28. I would never have done it without your help.

Ex. 29, p. 452

1.1 knew he was silly, but I did not believe that he was as silly as that. 2. I wish he had been a bit stronger against Crawford. 3. After a moments silence he broke out: "Would it Ле a nuisance if I begged a cup of tea in your rooms?" 4. You must thank him, not we. Without him we wouldnt have achieved any success. 5.1 wish she didnt look so pale. 6. "If I were Crawford, I would thank Winslow much," said Chrystal. 7. I would give a good deal for that assurance! 8. "Are you glad to see me?" — "Youre funny, Dick! As if you didnt knowV 9. If I thought as you do, I would feel miserable. 10. Mr. Dennants glance rested on Shelton and quickly fell down to the ground as though he had seen something that alarmed him. 11. I wish you had shown/would show more sign of not liking it in practice. 12. I cant for the life of me understand why you didnt wait until they decided. I had expected you to discuss it with me. 13. When Hilary opened the door, the stranger made a quick movement forward, almost as if he were going to stick his foot hurriedly into the opening. 14. Her voice sounded as though something had offended her. 15.1 wish I could play tennis as well as you do. 16. He looked up sharply as if he had made a dangerous remark. 17.1 may travel out with Uncle,

The Subjunctive Mood and the Conditional Mood (Units 1—3) 137

but it would be such fun if you came. 18. He saw it as clearly as though it were before his eyes. 19. But for your friendship I would feel lonely here.

Ex. 30, p. 453

1. I wish he hadnt gone away. 2. She wished it were night instead of day, so that no one could see how miserable she was. 3.1 wish she were my sister, I would love her very much. 4.1 wish it were Sunday today, I would take the kids to the zoo. 5. We wished we hadnt left him alone. 6.1 wish you believed me. I have never deceived you. 7. He wished he hadnt left so early. 8. Randall was so angry as though it were his own money that had been spent. 9. Dont look at me as if you had never seen me before. 10. She looks as though she doesnt/didnt know what to say. 11. Even if we had received the telegram yesterday, it would have been too late anyway. 12. Even if 1 were/had been very busy, I would find/have found the time to visit her in the hospital just the same. 13» If only he werent so lazy! 14. Oh, if only I were sure that it was sol 15. If it hadnt been for/But for the bicycle, he wouldnt have caught up with us. 16. But for your carelessness there would have been no accident.17. But for his bright mind we wouldnt have done the translation so quickly and wouldnt be free now. 18. If I had known that you would come, I should have stayed athome. 19. Iwouldgowith you.butmy littlebrother is ill, and Ive got to go to the chemists. 20. It would have been important then, but it isnt now. 21. It would do him good to sleep with an open window the whole year round.

Ex.31, p. 454

Comments

1—3. In these sentences the Old Present Subjunctive is part of set phrases which are a survival of the old use.

4, 8. The Old Present Subjunctive is used to express a wish. In both sentences it can be replaced with should + Infinitive or the Indicative Mood. Using the latter would make the sentences less emphatic. Such a use of the Old Present Subjunctive is very common in the USA where it is preferred to should + Infinitive. That also goes for sentence 7 in which the Old Subjunctive is used to express insistence.

5. After whoever, whatever, etc. one can also use may + Infinitive or the Indicative Mood. May suggests ignorance or

138 Grammar Exercises

uncertainty and has other limitations which makes it impossibl to use in most sentences, containing the aforementioned word ending with –ever. The Old Present Subjunctive sounds rathe high-flown and more often than not even unnatural, so the bes and safest choice is the Indicative Mood.

6. After see (to it) that, make sure that, check that and tak care that one can use either the Old Present Subjunctive or th Indicative Mood, namely the Present Indefinite if the situatio refers to the present and the Past Indefinite if it refers to the past.

Translation

1. «Да будет так», — ответил Стирфорд. 2. Пусть тебе сопутствует успех! 3. Наступила среда, и он был исполнен решимости уехать ближе к вечеру, что бы ни случилось. 4. Я при^ говариваю подсудимого к повешению. 5. Кем бы он ни был, он должен быть наказан. 6. Позаботься о том, чтобы, когда он приедет, здесь были все. 7. Он настаивал на том, чтобы мальчик соблюдал постельный режим. 8. Рабочие требовали, чтобы им повысили зарплату.

MODAL VERBS

(

ТО UNITS FOUR—SIX) can, may

Ex. 32, p. 455

1. Он устроился таким образом, чтобы видеть, что происходит вокруг. (Indicative) 2. О, если бы я могла снова стать цветочницей! (Subjunctive) 3. Если бы я думал так, как вы, я бы ни дня больше не смог остаться в Индии. (Subjunctive) 4. Думаю, я не смогла бы произнести ни единого звука по-старому, даже если бы попыталась. (Subjunctive) 5. О Густав, нам так хочется пить. Ты не мог бы принести нам имбирного пива? (Subjunctive) 6. Я не умею рассказывать истории и никогда не умела. (Indicative) 7. Шелтон не смог сдержать улыбки: леди Бонингтон на месте бедняков! (Indicative) 8. Но он не мог повернуться и уйти и не представлял себе, как это можно сделать. (Indicative) 9. Как ты мог совершить такую глупость, Генри? (Indicative) 10. Как вы думаете, к вечеру вы смогли бы

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) PAGE139

закончить? (Subjunctive) 11. Она не смогла бы нанести Джеймсу более сокрушительного удара, даже если бы сказала: «Он улетел на Марс». (Subjunctive) 12. Чем он мог ей помочь? (Indicative) Если бы только его отец был жив! Тогда он смог бы сделать так много! (Subjunctive) 13. Он не мог ни двигаться, ни говорить. (Indicative) 14. Что ты мог знать о подобных вещах? (Indicative) 15. Неужели вы в это верите?/Вы могли бы в это поверить? (Subjunctive) 16. Неужели он врет? (Subjunctive) 17. Интересно, что бы это значило? (Subjunctive) 18. Он не был бы так уверен, если бы не знал этого наверняка. (Subjunctive) 19. Как вы думаете, вы смогли бы командовать армией? (Subjunctive) 20. Горы были далеко, и был виден снег на их вершинах. (Indicative)

Ex. 33, p. 455

Comments

In sentences 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 9 and 24 can and could express physical or mental ability or inability to perform the action.

In sentences 4, 5, 7, and 25 can serves to express possibility due to circumstances.

In sentences 10 — 14 and 26 cant and couldnt express incredulity. The use of couldnt instead of cant in sentence 14 makes the statement less categorical.

In sentences 19—23 can expresses permission.

In sentences 15 — 18 can and could are used to express surprise. Could in sentence 17 implies more uncertainty than can would.

Translation

1. Я не могу точно выразить то, что хочу сказать. 2. Он не мог отвести от нее глаз. 3. Она изумительно играет на пианино. 4. Если хотите, мы можем уехать сегодня. Мы можем легко успеть на поезд, который отходит в три сорок. 5. Небо уже прояснилось, Клара, дождь перестал. Мы можем дойти до остановки автобуса пешком. 6. Вам не под силу забрать назад те знания, которые вы мне дали. 7. Я дам вам знать, чтобы вы могли туда приехать. 8. Он был так слаб, что не мог оторвать голову от подушки. 9. Ему уже намного лучше, и он может ходить без моей помощи. 10. О, не может быть! 11. Что? Фредди, тут должно быть хотя бы одно такси. Наверное, ты плохо искал. 12. Не может быть, чтобы он сегодня утром отнес ко

140 Grammar Exercises

робку наверх. 13. He может быть, чтобы Энн имела это в виду! это на нее не похоже. 14. Он не мог сделать это в одиночку] Уверен, кто-то ему помогал. 15. Неужели вы верите этой де] вушке? Неужели это правда? 16. «Неужели он мой сын?» –Щ подумала она. 17. Неужели она это сделала, не посоветовав^ шись со мной? 18. Неужели все действительно так плохо! 19. Здесь так пахнет гарью, папа. Можно, я спущусь вниз Я посмотрю? 20. Джеймс, ты можешь отвести/отнегтч Агату] вниз/на первый этаж? 21. Можете подождать на кухней 22. Сдачи не надо. 23. Можешь взять мой второй зонтик.] 24. Сделанного не воротишь. 25. Уже ничего нельзя сделать,] слишком поздно. 26. Я не верю ни единому его слову. Он наН верняка узнал эту новость раньше нас.

Ex. 34, р. 456

1. Have you a friend whom you could/can trust? 2. What cara Freddy be doing all this time? He has been gone for twenty] minutes. 3. He cannot have seen me. I came when he had gone.] 4.1 am not a person who could tell a lie. 5. How could you ma Ha such a mistake as to suppose that I was younger than уоид

6. Surely you could have done it before. What have you been doing] all this morning? 7. Say what you like, but the work cant be done] in two days. 8. Mr. Fenwills house was built on the top of the hill] and could be seen from afar. 9.1 cant have slept two hours, I stilfl feel tired. 10. He cant be her father: he is too young. 11. They] cantt hear us. Knock again. 12. If you had asked me for money,! I could have lent you some. 13. He could have told me the answer, I but he refused to. 14. Can he still be sleeping? It seems to me they simplydontwantustoseehim. 15.1 cant swim — I wish I could. 16. She has a university education and could have made a career] for herself if she hadnt married. 17. You cant have forgotten, j I dont believe you.

Ex. 35, p. 456

I, He cant have told a lie. It isnt like him. 2. Can it be true that he has become a famous actor? 3. They cant be brother and sister. They arent alike at all. 4. It couldnt be true. (I dont think its true/Its unlikely.) Anyway we cant prove it. 5. I wonder what you could suggest under/in such circumstances. 6. He couldnthavemadesuchamistake. Hes an experienced engineer. 1

7. Can it be just his imagination? 8. But for him we could have

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) PAGE141

lost our way. It was already getting dark. 9. If I were you,/In your place I wouldnt trust him, he could deceive you. 10. He couldnt be so young. I have noticed some grey hairs on his temples. 11. You can easily recognize him by his noble aquiline profile. 12. They cant have noticed us. We were rather far from them. 13. They cant have failed to notice us. We were quite near. 14. You cant judge a person by/from appearance. Appearances are deceptive. 15. Could it be little Lizzie? How she has grownl 16. "Can I see the manager?" — "Unfortunately not. He iscoming at twelve today." 17. Could you give me your notes on condition that I return them the day after tomorrow? 18. She hopes that she can avoid thepperation. 19. One could see that he was excited though he tried to look carefree. 20. "Can I talk to you for a moment?" — "Well, whats the matter?" 21. It cant be done so quickly. Youll have to wait. 22. He couldnt read Latin and didnt understand what the doctor had prescribed him. 23. Cant you explain to your parents that you cant go? 24. At first he couldnt feel-riis pulse and decided that his heart had stopped beating. 25. He cant have said it. He isnt as stupid as you think. 26. I could have done it long ago if I had known that it was so urgent. 27. I dont believe that there are diseases that cant/couldnt be cured. We just dont know how to cure them. 28. It cant be true.

Ex.36, p. 457

Comments

In sentences 1 — 13, 21, 22, 23 and 24 may and might express supposition implying uncertainty.

In sentences 5, 6, 9, 10 and 13 the use of might instead of may implies greater uncertainty. If one uses may in this kind of sentences, that shows that one is about 50 per cent sure, if one chooses might, that means that they are only some 30 per cent sure that their supposition is correct. In sentence 11 might + Perfect Infinitive belongs to the Past Conditional Mood, and the sentence itself is a Type 3 conditional one. Sentence 12 is a mixed type conditional sentence, and might + Simple Infinitive belongs to the Present Conditional Mood. In sentence 21 might and not may is used because of the Sequence of Tenses.

In sentences 14 — 16 and 26 may and might are used to ask for or give permission. In sentence 16 might is used instead of may to comply with the rules of the Sequence of Tenses.

142 Grammar Exercises

In sentence 17 might + Simple Infinitive expresses a reproach for the non-performance of the action in the present and in sentences 18 and 19 might + Perfect Infinitive expresses a reproach for the non-performance of the action in the past.

In sentence 20 might serves to express possibility due ttf circumstances.

Sentence 25: in complex sentences with clauses of concession) introduced by however, wherever, whatever, etc. the Indicative: Mood is usually used in both the principal and the subordinate] clauses, but in literary style may/might + Infinitive sometimes] occurs in the clauses of concession to emphasize the supposition.

Translation

1. Может быть, это правда, а может, и нет… Я этого не знаю, да и знать не хочу. 2. «Старый актер был пьян, — подумал он. — Однако в том, что он сказал, возможно, есть доля правды». 3. Возможно, причина их отказа присоединиться к нам кроется именно в этом. 4. Возможно, когда-нибудь вам понадобится друг. 5. Думаю, мы могли бы стать хорошими друзьями. 6. Думаю, сэр, что она, быть может, приходится Мерси сестрой. 7. Может быть, она встречалась с ним у своего дяди. 8. Возможно, они еще не вернулись. Давай позвоним им и выясним. 9. Не исключаю, что она, быть может, будет рада его видеть, но я в этом не уверена. 10. Все еще остается риск, что он таки придет. 11. Соме почувствовал, что если бы при нем было оружие, то он, пожалуй, пустил бы его в ход. 12. Не будь он болен, ему, вероятно, грозила бы куда большая опасность. 13. Он знал, что увидит еще до того, как посмотрел, но его поддерживала смутная надежда на то, что он, быть может, ошибается. 14. Мистер Дулитл, можно мне прийти? Мне бы очень не хотелось пропустить эту свадьбу. 15. Позвольте поинтересоваться: у вас есть претензии к тому, как с вами обращаются/как вас здесь лечат? 16. Мистер Хиггинс позволил мне прийти. 17. Думаю, ты мог бы работать и поусерднее! 18. Хол-ли, конечно же, вполне могла бы рассказать ему все это и раньше. 19. Право же, мама, ты могла бы избавить Фредди от этого. 20. Его можно каждый вечер увидеть в клубе. 21. Больше всего я страдала от того, что окружающие могут догадаться о моем состоянии. 22. Давайте отойдем немного дальше. Боюсь, нас могут услышать в доме. 23. Возможно, он оставит все как есть. 24. Надеюсь, что твоя мечта исполнится. 25. Сколько бы

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units4—6) PAGE143

он ни работал, ему не удастся догнать группу после того, как он так серьезной долго болел. 26. Можно мне иногда разговаривать с вами? Я знаю, что умной меня не назовешь, но я постараюсь не быть скучной.

Ex. 37, р. 458

1. Lets wait a little. Не may/might come yet. 2. He may/ might not know anything about it. 3. A lot of things may seem unusual in a foreign country. 4. My question may/might puzzle you, but I want to ask it anyway. May I? 5. "Auntie, may/might I take another lump of sugar?" Tom asked. 6. It may/might surprise you all, hut I have received an invitation to their party.

7. We may/might stay at home or we may/might go to the cinema.

8. Call Nick, he may/might have already seen the new film. Ask him if it is worth seeing. 9. Really John, you might have explained to me in the very beginning how important it was. 10. If you have been to London, you might have noticed that its a city of contrasts. ll.Hdont know where she is, she may/might be in the garden or she may/might have gone to the library. 12. No one is answering the phone. He may/might not have come home from work yet. 13.1 think he may/might not know all the details, but the main idea is clear to him. 14. It may be impolite, but Ill tell him not to come again. 15. If he hadnt run into/across us in the underground, we might never have seen him again. 16. I may come too, may I not?/I might come too, mightnt I? 17. They may well be waiting for us downstairs. 18. Im afraid we may/might be late. 19.1 hope we may/might meet your sister there. 20. They were afraid that they might be asked why Tom hadnt come with them. 21. However late you may come, Ill be waiting. 22. Ive brought you a big box so that you may pack your books.

Ex. 38, p. 459

1. When you get there, tell them to wait. I may/might/could be a little late. 2.1 can come at six. Ill be free by that time. 3. Can this old man be Tom Brown? He cant have changed so much! 4. None of us know what may/might/could happen before it is finished. 5. This may/might/could bea great idea. It may/might/ could also be a trap in which England will perish.6.1 told them he might he in the garden. 8. Sh! She may hear you. 9. How strange! Can you believe that? 10.1 havent seen her for ages. She might/ could be quite middle-aged by now. 11. Dont send him away. We

144 Grammar Exeruses

may need his advice. 12.1 fear they may miss the train. They left rather late. 13. It could/might be seen that he was puzzled. 14. Why do what may/might never be needed? 15. People may. chatter about her, but they dont know anything definite against her. 16. He cannot have thought of this himself. Who suggested it to him? 17. He might/may/could be a medical student though Im not sure. 18. But what more he may/might/could have said I dont know for I left. 19. You migftf tell me what he said! I have a right to know. 20. Miss Carter may/might/could have gone to the school to call on Mr. Everard. 21. Then he found that he could not stay in bed. 22. I cannot swim. I expect you can. Everyone can except me. 23. You might have warned me beforehand! 24. He cant have said that. I dont believe you. 25. It was a year or two ago, or it may/might/could have been three years ago. 26. She came to ask her mother if she could/might stay and dance a little longer.

Ex.39, p. 459

1. — Вы еще приедете в этом году, мистер Уэллс?

— Может быть, если получится.

2. Может быть, это и не произошло бы, если бы ты отправил его к настоящему врачу, когда он только заболел.

3. — Меня бы это нисколько не удивило, — сказал Берт-ранд, посторонившись, чтобы пропустить Маргарет.

4. На мгновение она подняла глаза, как будто ожидала этого вопроса, но он не мог понять, обрадована она им или встревожена.

5. — Пожалуйста, перестань говорить об этом.

— Я сожалею о том, что сказал. Я был дураком. Я вел себя как полный идиот.

6. По-моему, они вернулись раньше нас. Они могли взять/ Может быть, они взяли такси.

7. —Почему ты мне не сказал?

— Я не мог. Пользы бы мне это не принесло.

8. Если бы не ваша доброта и чуткость, я бы не сумел сделать все это за столь короткое время.

9. Жаль, что у меня нет здесь машины, чтобы отвезти вас домой.

10. Будь она мужчиной, ее можно было бы назвать молодым способным бизнесменом.

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) PAGE145

Ex. 40, p. 460

1. Can/Could this be John Steerforce? Why, he is quite an old man, grey-haired and round-shouldered! 2. "I think she didnt want to talk to me." — "I wouldnt think so. She may/might not have seen you." 3. He cant have deceived them, hes an honest man. 4. Couldnt you guess where I had put the money? 5. He may/might/could know about it and may/might not want to tell us. 6. She cant have failed to find your house. 7. Can/Could the child be still asleep? Its high time you woke him. 8. You might have told me about it yesterday. 9. I would love to come, but I may/might/could be busy. 10. It may be true or it may be not. 11. Could you lend mejihree roubles until tomorrow? 12. Ill phone him, he may/might not know what has happened. 13. Youll have to hurry up, or you may be late. 14. Ill do all I can to help you. 15. Where can/could he have gone? 16. You could have done it yourself, you just didnt try. 17. Come up closer so that I may/ can see you better. 18. Can you recognize him from/by his photograph? 19. I-cant imagine what may come of it. 20. The news may already be known to everybody. 21. He cant have known about it. He would have behaved dif f erentey. 22. Who can/ could have said such a thing? 23. He may/might/could have already told them everything. 24. Wait till he comes. He may/ might explain to us what the matter is.

must Ex. 41, p. 460

Comments

Sentences 1, 5, 6: must expresses necessity.

Sentences 2, 3, 7, 8 express obligation or compulsion from the speakers viewpoint.

Sentence 4: obligation. Afusf /… in a question usually implies that the speaker is unwilling to perform the action.

Sentences 7 and 8: obligation or compulsion from the speakers viewpoint.

Sentence 9: emphatic advice.

Sentences 10 — 18: supposition implying very strong probability (supposition bordering on certainty).

Translation

1. Старикам необходима поддержка. 2. Человек должен отстаивать свои права. 3. Не надо думать, что это так уж лег

146 Grammar Exercises

ко. 4. Это обязательно нужно сделать до завтра? 5. Она должна трудиться с утра до ночи, чтобы заработать на жизнь. 6. После дня напряженного труда необходим отдых. 7. Он знал твердо лишь одно: он не должен/ему не надо встречаться с Антонией. 8. Ты прав. Я не должен/Мне не надо здесь ос . ваться. 9. Право же, мистер Хигтинс, вы должны проявит благоразумие. 10. Дайте ему поесть. Он, должно быть, голоден. 11. Этот парень, должно быть, сделан из стали. Он никогда не устает. 12. Прелестное письмо. Наверное, бедный юноша писал его целый час. 13. Должно быть, теперь он уже старик. 14. Наверное, вы ее напугали. 15. Этот человек повидал и перечувствовал вдесятеро больше моего, хотя он, должно быть, на десять лет моложе. 16. Я чувствовал, что скоро мой секрет, вероятно, раскроется. 17. Я слышу чьи-то шаги на лестнице. Должно быть, это она! 18. Судя по книгам и бумагам на его письменном столе, он, по-видимому, работал несколько часов.

Ex. 42, р. 461

1. There is most probably/evidently/very likely no one there. 2. He must have understood nothing and taken offence. 3.1 dont think she remembers {Most probably/Evidently she doesnt remember) that she has promised to bring us a map of Moscow. 4. You must have been unaware/Evidently you didnt know that they had moved to one of Londons suburbs. 5. She must have left the door unlocked. 6.1 dont think you have ever met such an amusing boy as our Tom. 7. It must be difficult for you to believe it. 8. The children must have failed to notice that it had already got dark. 9. She must be unaware of it. 10. She must have very little experience/She must be quite inexperienced in translating medical articles from English into Russian. 11. It must seem improbable to you, but its true. 12. He must have failed to/Surely he didnt recognize you in the crowd.

Ex.43, p. 461

1. This medicine must be taken regularly. 2. Homework must be done in time. 3. Peace can be won. War is not inevitable. 4. The book may be put on the upper shelf. 5. The children may be allowed to go for a walk. 6. The matter must be discussed not later than tomorrow. 7. It cant bedone without your help. 8. The matter must be looked into. 9. The magazine mustnt be taken

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6)

PAGE147

away. 10. The letter must be posted as soon as it has been written. 11. May the books and papers be taken away? 12. The dinner must be paid for. 13. Success must be worked for. 14. It cant be desribed. It must just be seen.

Ex. 44, p. 462

1.1 have forgotten my own language and can speak nothing but yours. 2. We must go somewhere. We cant wander about forever. 3. But I think you must have told us this half an hour ago! 4. You cant see much of interest there. 5. I did not hear him return to the room. I must have been asleep. 6. You must have mistaken him.jny dear. He cannot have intended to say that. 7. It seemed possible they might return. 8. It cannot have happened at Ainswick. 9. No good looking back; things happen as they may. 10. To be ashamed of his own father is perhaps the bitterest experience a young man may go through. 11. How could you let things slide like that, Dick? 12. I think you may/ might/could be gfed of some coffee before you start back to your hotel. Its such a cold night. 13. It was known — whispered among the old, discussed among the young — that the family pride might soon receive a blow. 14. And though he undressed and got into bed, he could not sleep.15. You mustnt go out so late at night. 16.1 think it may/might/could happen sooner or later. 17. I may come tonight, may I not? 18. "Somebody is knocking at the door. It must/may be John." — "It cant be John. Its too early for him to be back." 19. I dont know for certain, but he may/might/could have been a sailor in his youth. 20. They may/might/could ask me about him. What should I say?

Ex. 45, p. 462

1. If you think so, you are wrong. You mustnt think so. 2. The population of your city may be bigger, but what does that prove? 3. Now you are free and can do whatever you like. 4. There must be something in this. 5. He may not know/He may be unaware that we are going to do/see/visit the city sights right after breakfast. 6. They cant have come back from the zoo. They are there for the first time and may stay there for a long time. 7. If you spend so much time watching TV, you may have a headache. 8. The boy may/might/could have torn a page from the book you had left on the table. 9. If it is so, he must be punished. 10. You

PAGE148 Grammar Exercises

can/may find him in the garden, I suppose. He must be playing tennis with Jim. 11. She may/might not know anything about it. You mustnt tell her anything either. 12. She says the trip to London is unforgettable/has made an unforgettable impression on her. She would never have thought that it could be so interesting to see the places she had learnt about from books. 13. We could have found the way to the hotel (by) ourselves if Boris hadnt lost the map of London. 14. Turn another page or two, and youll see a photograph. Tell me if you can who it is. 15. "I wonder what he can/could be doing here so late." — "He may/might/could be waiting for Mary." 16. "What is that noise?" — "It must be the water running in the bathroom. Someone is washing." 17. If one could answer this question, it would have been answered long ago. 18. Who can/could have forgotten a key on my desk? It cant have been Jim. 19. Jim cant have forgotten the key. I saw him put it into his pocket. 20. Could you come a little earlier? It would be more convenient for/to me. 21. He stood there for a while thinking whether he could slink away/off (slip out unnoticed) and whether Minin would get angry or not. 22. I cant speak French, never could. 23. It must be difficult to master a foreign language, isnt it?

Ex. 46, p. 463

In all the affirmative and interrogative sentences to have to serves to express necessity or obligation imposed by circumstances and in the negative sentences it expresses the absence of necessity or obligation.

1. Боюсь, мне придется отослать его. 2. В камин уже положили уголь или вам пришлось сделать это самому? 3. Веревка 1 была такой крепкой, что ему пришлось взять нож, чтобы раз– I резать ее. 4. Но стоило ли ложиться спать, если ему надо было ] вставать в пять утра? 5. Полагаю, мне придется поехать в Лондон, не так ли? 6. Вам приходится/надо рано вставать каждое утро? 7. Ему придется/Он должен заплатить мне до воскресенья. 8. Сколько времени вам пришлось там пробыть? 9. «Нам придется долго ждать каникул», — сказала она со вздохом. 10. Вам надо/Вы должны ходить туда два раза в неделю, верно?

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) 149

Ex. 47, p. 463

1. Dont worry about that. You must do as you think best. 2. My mother was unwell, and I had to go to the chemists. 3. I must/have to go and look at the dinner. 4. Yesterdays rain spoilt my hat completely; I have to buy a new one. 5. There was no one to help him so he had to move the furniture himself. 6. "Oh, hallo," she said. "I thought you must have gone home." 7. They didnt answer my first knock ml had to knock twice. 8. You must always come to me if anything goes wrong. 9. He was very sorry to think that he would have to part with it. 10.1 had a sleepless night. I must/have to/will have to go and see the doc and get him to give me something,.I cant go on like that.

Ex. 48, p. 464

1. a) He won4 have to come again, b) Will he have to come again? 2. a) My sister doesnt have to goto work. b)Does my sister have to go to work? 3 a) They didnt have to go back alone, b) Did they have to go back alone? 4. a) You dont have to answer all these questions, b) Do you have to answer all these questions? 5. a) I wont/shant have to go out after all. b) Will I have to go out after all? 6. a) He wont have to come on foot, b) Will he have to come on foot? 7. a) The students didnt have to read the whole book, b) Did the students have to read the whole book? 8. a) She doesnt have to come every week, b) Does she have to come every week? 9. a) He doesnt have to stay the night, b) Does he have to stay the night? 10. a) They didnt have to begin very early, b) Did they have to begin very early?

Ex. 49, p. 464

1.1 gather you have read a lot in English, havent you? 2. He had to wait at the station till it stopped raining, didnt he? 3. The work will have to be done before nightfall, wont it? 4. They usually have dinner at home, dont they? 5. She often has to go to the dentists, doesnt she? 6. You have to go to school on Saturday, dont you? 7. They will have to do what they are told, wont they? 8. We have to begin before five oclock, dont we? 9. As far as I understand, you had to stay there a fortnight, didnt you? 10. You look a bit tired, youve had a long walk, havent you? 11. She has to clean the house herself, doesnt she? 12. They had to finish that last night, didnt they?

150 Grammar Exercises

Ex. 50, p. 464

(1) A previously arranged plan:

1.1 am to see him tomorrow. 5. She is to return tomorrow;)

7. He inquired when the secretary was to come. 10. Something must have happened. He was to have come at eight. 11. Jim reminded me that we were to be at the station not later than seven.-12. Which of you is to bring the magazines and newspapers?

(2) Instructions and commands:

2. You are not to communicate with anybody. 4. She said that! I was not to leave the house. 6. He said that Tom was to apologize.]

8. She says that I am not to lay the table before twelve oclock.

In sentences 2 and 9 the speaker is not giving but asking forj instructions. Both can be referred to (2).

Ex. 51, p. 465

Comments

1. An order. 2. Asking for instructions. 3. Obligation (front the characters point of view). 4. Supposition implying certainty. 5. Prohibition. 6. Emphatic invitation. 7. Necessity imposed by circumstances. 8. Urgent necessity (from the speakers point o: view). 9. An order. 10. The Perfect Infinitive used with was I shows that there was an arrangement, but it was not realized 11. Prohibition. 12. Past obligation.

Translation

1. Я хочу, чтобы ты ее слушался. Ты должен в точности исполнять все, что она велит, и не шуметь. 2. * Ну так что мм делать с обедом? — спросила миссис Хэндфорт. — Переварит и пережарить или пусть остывает?» 3. Рэндал был взволнован. Ему казалось, что он должен позвонить ей немедля, долч жен каким-то образом сегодня же увидеть ее. 4. Должно быть,1 в молодости Эмма была очень красива. У нее правильные черты лица. 5. «С нами шутки плохи», — угрожающе сказал полицейский. 6. Вы должны как-нибудь обязательно зайти и пообедать со мной. 7. Он проиграл все свои деньги на скачках, и мне пришлось одолжить ему пять фунтов. 8. Надеюсь, что не огорчу и не раздосадую вас, если буду говорить откровенно. Мне совершенно необходим/во что бы то ни стало нужен ваш совет. 9. Проснись, слышишь? Ты должен немедленно

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) PAGE151

проснуться. 10. «Значит, Фрэнк приехал?» — «Да, и весьма неожиданно. Он должен был пробыть там еще неделю». 11. Он все еще помнил рассказанное очень ясно и знал, что надо/что должен сделать. Он взял перо и своим аккуратным, твердым почерком написал заглавие нового романа.

need Ex.52, p. 465

1,5. Need is an ordinary notional verb that serves to express necessity. 2. Need is an ordinary notional verb denoting the absence of neseccity.

In all the other sentences need is a modal verb: 3. Neednt denotes the absence of necessity to perform the action. 4. Need implies that the speaker may think that there is no necessity to perform the action. 6, 8, 9. Absence of necessity. 7, 10, 11. Needntt + a Perfect Infininitive and need never + a Perfect Infinitive show that the actions were performed though they were unnecessary^ 12. Neednt is part of a predicate in a clause of purpose. It is used to show that the person that is the subject of the principal clause views the action of the said subordinate clause as undesirable.

Ex. 53, p. 466

1. You neednt have brought your umbrella, as we are going by car. 2. You needt have watered the flowers, as it is going to rain. 3.1 neednt have translated it for him, he did it himself, he understands Latin. 4.1 didnt have, to answer the questions which saved me a lot of trouble. 5.1 knew I didnt have to lock the door after me, but how was I to know you wanted to come out too? 6.1 didnt have to ring the bell because the door opened before I got to it. 7. I didnt have to help them at all, they themselves knew what to do. 8. I didnt have to write him because the news was already known to him. He phoned me shortly afterwards. 9. You neednt have listened to him. His information was misleading. 10. You neednt have bought such a lot of flowers. Weve already got more than necessary. 11. He didnt have to get up so early every day. It was only on that particular occasion that he did. 12. You neednt have said it if you didnt want to. We could have done without you just as well.

152 Grammar Exercises

Ex. 54, p. 466

1. You neednt bring your books to class tomorrow, we a going to listen to a wireless programme. 2. Im glad the lesson will begin later now. The children wont have to get up so early 3. You neednt/dont have to learn the poem. You must only rea it. 4. Children mustnt play with matches. 5. It was late, and the had to light a fire to cook their supper. 6. You must give it bag to me before you go. 7. You mustnt be late for the concert. 8, made a few mistakes, so I had to do the whole exercise again. 9. need hardly say how important it is. 10. She is to be married nex month. 11. You mustnt miss that film, it is extraordinarily good 12. You neednt strike a match; I can see well enough. 13. Ji was to make a speech at the meeting, but he had fallen ill, so Toi had to speak instead. 14. You neednt bring any food with yo tomorrow. Ill have enough for both of us. 15. We are robe the at 12 sharp. 16. We didnt have to wait long. A bus came almos at once. 17. You must learn the whole poem.

Ex. 55, p. 466

1. We neednt have left the house/left home so early, the trai doesnt arrive for an hour. 2. We neednt hurry. (We dont nee to hurry./We dont have to hurry.) We neednt be/dont ne to/dont have to be there before 8.30. 3. You mustnt follow thef example. It would be foolish of you. 4. I wonder if we have 6 bring the text-books. 5. I didnt have to lock the door, someonj had already locked it. 6. If it freezes hard tomorrow, you won need to/wont have to/neednt go to school. 7. You neednt worry* they will soon be back. They must have lingered near the Hous of Parliament on the Thames embankment: everything interes them here. 8. One mustnt forget that the East End is the horn of those whose work keeps this huge city alive. 9. You needn* continue, I know that next you are going to say that anion Londons monuments of architecture the most popular one i Westminster Abbey built in the thirteenth century. 10. They we: to meet on Waterloo Bridge at 6 p.m. 11. "What am I to tell oui guests about my trip to London?" — "Describe to them the ceremony of changing the guard at the gates of the Tower." 12. She said what time we were to come and asked us not to be late. 13. We decided that the children must not go there alone. 14. One neednt mention that the Kremlin is a major museum and ancient monument. Everybody knows that. 15.1 had to accept

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) PAGE153

this invitation although I was feeling off colour/out of sorts/ unwell. I didnt want to offend my new friends. 16. He knew that he might have to stay there more than a month. 17. Ask the monitor who is to bring the head-phones to the Phonetics class today. 18. Yesterday we were to/had to visit Ann in the hospital, so we couldnt call on you.

ought Ex. 56, p. 467

1. Ought to serves to give advice. 2. Ought to serves to express moral obligation. 2. Advice. 3. Ought to serves to express obligation implying desirability. 4. Advice. 5. Oughtnt implies that the speakers action may have been undesirable. 6. Ought to + Perfect Infinitive shows regret that a desirable action was not carried out. 7. Oughtnt to + Perfect Infinitive is used to show regret that an undesirable action was performed. 8. Ought to is used to show that the speaker was feeling moral obligation. 9, 10. Supposition implying logical probability.

Ex. 57, p. 468

1.1 knew I oughtnt to open the letter. 2.1 said you ought to finish your work before going out. 3. You oughtnt to eat between meals; it will make you fat. 4. You oughtnt to smoke so much; you are wasting money and doing harm to your health. 5.1 ought to have taken these books to the library last week. 6. You ought to have told your guide that you wanted to go sightseeing all by yourself. 7. You ought to have waited till the lights were green before crossing the road. 8. Yon oughtnt to have crossed the road when the lights were red. 9. You ought to have seen the performance. It was wonderful. 10. If he starts at eight, he ought to be there by one oclock.

Ex. 58, p. 468

1. Mother always tells me that I must be/ought to be more careful. 2. You dont have to tell him my telephone number, he knows it. 3. You oughtnt to have said that! See how distressed she is. 4. I dont want to do it, but I must/have to. 5.Iought to have taken those books back to the library lest week. 6. You ought to have told our guide that you wanted to go sightseeing all by yourself. 7. But there was no other way out. I had to communicate with him. No one else knew her address. 8. Such things mustnt

154 Grammar Exercises

be allowed. 9. You neednt have written such a long composition. The teacher only asked for 200 words, and you have written 400. 10. "Perhaps I oughtnt to have troubled you." He closed his lipa tight. He was offended.

should Ex. 59, p. 468

Comments

L Should expresses obligation implying desirability. 2, 3. Should serves to express moral obligation. 4. Should serves to show that the action is desirable. 5. Should expresses regret that i desirable action wasnt carried out. 6. Should shows that the action performed is deemed undesirable. 7. Shouldserves to express regret that an undesirable action was carried out. 8. Should is used to show the desirability of the action. 9. The first should is used in giving advice, and the second serves to express moral obligation.

Translation

1. Можете ли вы показать мне хоть одну англичанку, которая бы как следует говорила по-английски? 2. Жена должна повиноваться мужу. 3. К тому же теперь, когда вы заняли более высокое положение в обществе, вам не стоит/вы не должны игнорировать старых друзей. 4. Надо преподать им урок. 5. Должен признаться, что не предвидел такого поворота событий, хотя должен был предвидеть. 6. Вы узнали то, что я никогда не намеревался сообщать вам. 7. Ему не следовало это говорить. Он понял, что сказал не то, едва слова слетели с его губ. 8. Сестры долго спорили, надо или не надо звать Тимоти, чтобы он повидал Аннет. 9. «Вы должны приходить сюда часто, — сказал он Шелтону. — Вы должны приходить сюда часто», — повторил он. 10. «Вы должны закончить свою работу до того, как уйдете» . — «Знаю, что должен».

Ex. 60, р. 469

1. Modal. 2. Auxiliary. 3. Auxiliary. 4. Modal. 5. Modal 6. Modal. 7. Auxiliary. 8. Modal. 9. Auxiliary. 10. Modal.

Ex. 61, p. 469

1. Im sorry that I kept you waiting, but I had to call home and say not to expect/tell them (my wife, etc.) not to expect me

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6)

PAGE155

for dinner. 2. Eventually/Finally we decided that we shouldnt stay there any longer and should go to the mountains. 3. You must dress in your very best, I want you to impress everyone as favorably as possible. 4. You should/ought to have done your homework properly. Then you wouldnt have had to ask such questions. 5. You neednt have waited so long. You should/ought to have left me a note. I would have done all you wanted. 6. They must be working in the laboratory. We/You/One shouldnt bother them. 7. "Why didnt you come yesterday?" — "I was to meet my first cousin at the railway station." — "Then you should/ought to have phoned so that we shouldnt wait for you." 8. Do whatever you like, Im not going togtand in your way, besides I am to leave soon. 9. The party should/ought to be interesting. It took the students so long to prepare for it. 10. Theres nothing funny in what he said. You should/ought to/must be more serious. 11. He will have to work here while the laboratory is being renovated (while thelaboratoryequipmentisbeingrepaired/isunderrepair). 12. You said it in/for fun, but she has taken offence. You should/ought to/ must be more considerate. 13. It took us all day to prepare for their arrival. Everyone had to do something. 14. Such people should be/ ought to be admired. 15. It didnt occur to me to talk to him though it should have. 16. Dont allow the children to play in my room. They will turn everything upside down, and you will have to tidy up. 17. You neednt have bothered the professor. I could have given you all the necessary information. 18. They should/ ought to have kept him from such an unwise action. They are going to be sorry about it./They will wish they had. 19. I am sticking/keeping to the directions I have received. I know full well what I am to start with.

Ex. 62, p. 470

l.The emotional should is used to express annoyance. 2. The emotional should serves to express indignation. 3. The speaker believes that it is most natural for them to want their independence, hence the emotional should. 4. Surprise and annoyance. 5. Should is used in a set phrase meaning Откуда мне знать? which is used as an aggressive reply to a question. 6. Surprise and annoyance. 7. Surprise. 8. The emotional should is used in an object clause after an expression of surprise. 9. The emotional should is used in the object clause to show that the person in question is gloating. 10. Puzzlement. 11. A keen

156 Grammar Exercises

interest. 12. Sadness. 13. Annoyance. 14. Surprise. 15. The! emotional should is used to express the man in questions surprise at seeing the people he hadnt expected to see. It can be translated1 into Russian as follows: И как бы вы думали, кто подъехал к нему с двух сторон? Билл Деннант и сама Антония!

Ex. 63, р. 471

A. 1. Мне необходимо увидеть ее прежде, чем ее увидите вы. 2. Вполне естественно, что после войны следует восстановительный период. 3. «У нее шестеро детей,— сказала тетя Джулия. — Она правильно делает, что ведет себя осторожно».; 4. Очень важно, чтобы вы выяснили, кому передают эти заказы. 5. Я хочу сказать, что, если мы собираемся создавать самолеты, работающие на дизельном топливе, нам совершенно необходимо иметь собственные месторождения магния.

B. 6. Он потребовал, чтобы работа началась немедля. 7. Мы рекомендуем избрать его нашим делегатом. 8. Он приказал, чтобы все они вышли из дома. 9. Он предложил сократить рабочий день. 10. Врач настаивает, чтобы детей отвезли за город.

C. 11. Если она вдруг позвонит, я скажу ей, где вы. 12. Если вам вдруг понадобится что-нибудь еще, пожалуйста, нажмите кнопку звонка для вызова сиделки.

Ex. 64, р. 471

1. Im suggesting that you should marry me. Midge. 2. She must be picking cherries in the orchard, tell her to come into the house. 3. "Well," said Emily with calm, "you neednt get into such fusses when we tell you things." 4. Is it necessary, do you think, that the police should know about it? 5. You neednt be afraid of him. Hes a kind old man. 6. It is essential that he should be prepared for it. 7. Soft music filled the room. "That must be a gramophone record," thought he. 8. I propose that the prize should be divided. 9. Oh, I dont know. Its really rather odd that he should ever have been taking her to the Ball.

10. You should have seen that film when it was here last week.

11. It is strange that you should remember the place. 12. Why shouldnt I talk to Catherine? Do you think Im not worthy to, or something? 13. Poor boy! He must have suffered so. 14. You

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) PAGE157

neednt answer all my questions if you dont want to. 15. Why should you say such disagreeable things? 16. Go upstairs at once. You must change your wet clothes. 17. It was only proper that Dora, who was young and healthy, should give her seat to that old lady. 18. I think Ill come on time, but if I should be late, please keep a seat for me. 19. He ordered that the gate should be locked. 20. She confiscated the morning papers so that the children should not see them. 21. You neednt wake up before seven oclock. Well start at half past eight. 22. "I was just wondering if my wife was here." — "No, she isnt here. Why should she be?" 23. You shouldnt work so hard after your illness. 24. Henrietta suggested to Gerda that they should go and look at the kitchen garden.

shall, will Ex. 65, p. 472

In older English shall was often used with second and third person subjects in threats, promises and warnings or to express obligation. It is now very unusual.

1. Shall is used to express either a threat or a warning. 2. Promise. 3. Threat or warning. 4. Promise. 5. Obligation. The sentence is an order. 6. Promise. 7. Shall is used to ask for instructions. 8. Promise.

Ex. 66, p. 472

Comments

In sentences 1—3 will serves to express willingness to perform the action or is just a future auxiliary verb. 4. Would serves to express unreality and is part of a predicate in the Past Conditional Mood. 5. Will you…? is used here to express a casual request. The speaker is not concerned about politeness. 6. If + will is used to express a request. Will means are willing to. 7. Would you mind + gerund is used to express a very polite request. 8. A polite request. 9. Will you is used to give an order to someone the speaker has authority over. 10. Casual request. 11. Unwillingness to perform the action. 12. Consent.

13. Wouldnt is part of a Future in the Past predicate.

14. Wouldnt in this sentence is equivalent to refused to. It serves to express an emphatic refusal to perform the action.

158 Grammar Exercises

15. Would + like serves to express a wish. The second would Ж used to make a request. 16. If you would means if you are willing to. It is used to express a polite request. 17. Emphatic refusal to perform an action in the past. 18. Wish + noun/pronoun + would expresses irritation caused by someones refusal to perform the desired action. 19. Here will serves to express a supposition. 20. Would is used to show that the action is a recurrent one. 21. Wont + Simple Infinitive is used to show that the inanimate thing in question (my lighter) fails to perform its function.

Translation

1. Я дам тебе знать, чтобы ты смог там быть. 2. Я скажу тебе, что это такое. 3. Я извинюсь перед Маргарет за твое отсутствие. 4. Если бы это была девочка, я бы назвала ее в честь моей матери. 5. Выйди на террасу, посмотри на закат. 6. Прошу прощения. Боюсь, мне надо идти к жене. 7. Артур, не могли бы вы посмотреть, вернулась ли миссис Эрлин? 8. Я хочу, чтобы у меня была твоя фотография. Дай мне, пожалуйста. 9. Попросите их подозвать мой экипаж. 10. Иди, полистай вон тот альбом с фотографиями. 11. Отныне я с тобой не разговариваю. 12. Нет, нет! Я вернусь, вернусь, и пусть Артур делает со мной все что пожелает. 13. Ноя сказал ему, что не дам ответа до завтрашнего дня. 14. Ты не хотела приходить, хотя не желала сказать этого прямо. 15. Она просит, чтобы вы позвонили ей сегодня во второй половине дня до пяти тридцати. 16. Джейн, я был бы очень рад, если бы ты сказала ему подняться наверх. 17. Я стучал несколько раз, но она так и не открыла. 18. «Не мог бы ты хоть иногда оставлять меня одну/ оставлять меня в покое?» — сказала Дора. 19. Я полагаю, это будет последний бал сезона? 20. Он садился на край кровати и часами наблюдал за ним. 21. Я не могу без курева, а моя зажигалка, на тебе, не работает.

Ex. 67, р. 473

1. Asking for instructions. 2. Consent; if you will is equivalent to if you are witting to. 3. Promise. 4. Promise. 5. A future auxiliary verb. 6. Will serves to express determination and shant is used to express a warning. 7. Promise. 8. Wont is used to show that the lifeless thing in question, namely the umbrella fails to perform its immediate

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6)

PAGE159

function. 9. Promise. 10. Invitation, 11. A future auxiliary verb. 12. Promise. 13. Unwillingness. 14. Invitation. 15. Shall is used to express a promise and will serves to express determination. 16. The first will expresses willingness and the second is an auxiliary verb expressing simple futurity.

Ex. 68, p. 473

1. Its going to rain. Look at the clouds. 2. You are to stay here till I come back. 3. I refuse to do what you tell me. 4. I promise you an apple after dinner. 5. What are you going to do now? 6. We hope to visit all the sights of London. 7. When do you intend to learnJSnglish properly? 8. This time next week I hope to be in St. Petersburg. 9. Would he like to listen to my singing, do you think? 10. Do you think, they mean to follow us all the way home?

Ex. 69, p. 474

1. "If I see him," I said, "Ill let you know." — "I should be very much obliged if you would," said Brown. 2. But I shouldnt/ wouldnt lie about a thing like that, should/would I? 3. Would you drive us back to Campden Hill? 4. She wouldnt go in to supper with anyone but Winton. 5. If I were you, I should/ would buy that hat, I like the colour very much. 6. Its ridiculous that you should conceal it from your mother. 7. If only Henrietta would make up her mind to marry him. 8. Why should I suffer more than Ive suffered already? Why should I? 9. Would you care to come to tea with us? 10. He wouldnt look at her. He shook her off gently and gently said, "Well see about that." 11. He pressed something into her palm. "Heres a shilling in case you should need it." 12. I wonder if you would mind me laying down my umbrella. 13. Why, ohl Why should I have to expose my misfortune to the public like this? 14. He would rather listen to the others than talk himself. 15. He ordered that the horses should be saddled. 16. She would sit for hours watching the ships. 17.1 wish you wouldnt quarrel with Jessie. 18. He fully believed, had it been necessary, she would have been a genius at anything. 19. In order to make these demands effective we suggested that there should be no return to work today. 20. Why dont you want to stay another week in the country? It would do you only good.

PAGE160 Grammar Exercises

Ex. 70, p. 474

1, He suggested that the meeting should be fixed/scheduled/ slated for Friday. 2. We asked Mum if she would mind going for; a drive into the country. 3. I would like you not to argue with! Father. 4. Why should I help him? He can do everything himself,, hes just lazy. 5. It is strange how inconsiderate some children: should be to their parents. 6. Its quite natural that students should want to know as much as possible about the nation whose language they study. 7. Would you be so kind as to wait a bit? (Would you mind waiting a bit?) Your documents arent ready yet. 8. We wanted to know some details but he wouldnt discuss anything with us. We were disappointed. 9. The doctor insists that she should stick/keep to the diet. 10. "Shall I bring you a glass of water?" — "Yes, if you would be so kind." 11. It is necessary that each member of the club should take part in the work of its sections. 12. If she should/Should she ask you about it, tell her that I will write to her about everything myself. 13. Would you like a little soup? Its very tasty. 14. As they were having tea with lemon/Over tea with lemon Soames said that there soon would be a war. 15. "Why should I do what I dont like?" — "It doesnt matter whether you like it or not. It should be done, and you know it." 16.1 should read for half an hour or so before going to sleep. Ive got an interesting book. 17.1 should be greatly obliged to you if you would come at six. 18. How should I know what they are going to do? They never tell me anything. 19. Try as I would/No matter how hard I tried, the drawer wouldnt open. 20. The children should have stayed at home in such nasty weather.

REVISION EXERCISES ON MOOD AND MODAL VERBS Ex.71, p. 475

1. If I were as young as you are, I would/should have a walking holiday. 2. Perhaps, she wouldnt look so bad if she hadnt put on so much weight. 3. He walked slowly as though it ached to move. 4. It would be natural for him to go to sleep. 5. It seemed as if all the bare trees, the bushes, the cut brush and all the grass and the bare ground were uarnished with ice. 6. Daddy, if you had been dressed in checked ginghams all your life, you would understand how I feel. 7. I would like to go hunting there, but Im afraid I

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6)

161

should never be able to bear the cold. 8. He looked like an officer. Anyone would have been proud to be seen off by him. 9. He repaid me the half-crown as though it had been borrowed yesterday. 10. The girls wouldnt have thought so much of him if they had seen him then. 11. The young lady was evidently American and he was evidently English: otherwise I would have guessed from his impressive air that he was her father. 12. If England swept away her hedges and put in their place fences, the saving of land would be enormous. 13. Welch said it coldly as if he were askingto make some concession. 14. "I should/would be ashamed of myself, Clara," returned Miss Murdstone, "if I couldnt understand the boy or any boy." 15. If I might suggest, I should/would say that it would be better to put off the trip. 16. What might have happened or would have happened if Dora and I had never known each other? 17. My companion stumbled, the branch he had been holding snapped and he would have fallen if his hand had not caught another branch.

Ex. 73, p. 476

1. Even if the doctor were here, he couldnt help you. 2. If it were summer we would/should have a walking holiday. 3. If only he avoided/had avoided complications! 4. If only I could keep from thinking about my troubles! 5. If you hadnt walked bareheaded, you wouldnt have caught cold. 6. But for you I should/would never have found a way out then. 7. If I could forget everything! 8. If you werent cold, you wouldnt be shivering from head to foot. 9. If this medicine had not brought down the fever, we would/should have had to send for a doctor. 10. If Anne had passed her exams in spring, she would feel/ would be feeling a second-year student. 11. If he had followed all the doctors instructions, he would have avoided pneumonia. 12. If the boy had known about the Centigrade thermometer, he would not have thought of death. 13. If it ached him to move, he wouldnt be walking himself. 14. If he had heard your words, he would have got offended.

Ex. 74, p. 477

1.1 wish I hadnt left/forgotten the book at home. (If only I hadnt left/forgotten the book at home!) I should read this fragment to you. 2. I wish it hadnt happened. (Im sorry it happened.) If you had been there, you might have prevented it.

162 Grammar Exercises

3. I wish I could swim as well as you. 4. "I wish I hadnt left Capetown," Lanny thought. 5. We wished we had gone to the theatre with them. 6.1 wish we had been told what to do in such cases. (If only we had been told what to do in such casesl) 8.1 w^sh someone would call on us/drop in tonight. 9.1 wish it hadnt bees so cold and we had been able to walk longer. 10. Suddenly she felt so lonely that she wished she hadnt come there alone. 11.1 wish you had followed/listened to the doctors advice. You would be feeling/would feel much better now. 11. I wish you were interested in art. We could/might go to the exhibition together. 12.1 wish you had turned on the radio in time. You would have enjoyed listening to this programme.

Ex. 75, p. 477

1. I wish you hadnt been so careless. It wouldnt have happened, if you had followed your friends advice. 2. But for the moon it would be completely dark now. 3. He looked tired as if he hadnt had a rest for a long time. 4. I wish you knew his address, then we would be able to go and see him today. 5.1 feel as though you had never left. 6. If I were you, I would have behaved more resolutely in such a situation. 7. It could/ might have been done yesterday, but it is no use doing it (there is no point/use in doing it now). 8. I wish I had been with you when it happened. 9. "I wish my portrait could grow old and I could always remain young and handsome," said Dorian. 10. In your place anyone would have done the same thing. 11. He answered that his friend had not got the tickets though he might have if he had come to the box-office an hour earlier. 12. If there were no oxygen in the air, we couldnt breathe. 13. But for you/lf it hadnt been for you, young man, I might/could have drowned. You saved my life. 14. If I were you, I would have these poems published/I would publish these poems. 15.1 am sure that he will behave as though he didnt feel any pain.

Ex.77, p. 478

1. Tell me what you would do/would have done if you were/ had been in my place? 2. But for you I would have left long ago. 3. She speaks slowly as if she were translating from a foreign language. 4.1 wish I had never met him. 5. People were standing around as if they expected something to happen. 6. I wish you would be like me for two minutes. 7. If Bob had gone out before,

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6) PAGE163

we would have noticed him. 8. But for the underground the traffic in Moscow would be very heavy. 9. She is looking at me as if she did not know me. 10. That would have interested me some four years ago. 11. If I had known what it all meant, I wouldnt have come. 12. It seems to me that what she refused then she would be glad to get now. 13. My dear Algy, you talk exactly as if you were a dentist. 14. But for her words my life would have taken a different course. 15. At that moment she almost wished she had not sent for him. 16. She wrote with her own hand the letters which under normal circumstances she would have dictated to her secretary.

Ex. 78, p. 478

1. Why didnt you follow the doctors advice? If you had taken the medicine he had prescribed, you would feel/would be feeling much better now. 2.1 wish I had asked the doctor when I should take the pills/when to take the pills. 3. But for/If it werent for this medicine, I would have awful headaches. 4. Even if you had no temperature, you had better stay in bed today. 5. He looks as if he has/had a cold (as if he had caught cold). 6.1 would be (very) much obliged to you if you bought me nasal drops and something for ray cough. 7.1 wish the gym were in our building. We have to waste a lot of time getting there. 8. If you had used visual aids during the lesson, it would have been much more interesting and instructive. 9. He went on telling about his trip as though it bored him to death. 10. I wish I were an expert in this subject and could help you. 11. Even if he were/had been nervous before the performance, he wouldnt show/wouldnt have shown it. Astonishing self-control! 12. But for/If it hadnt been for the prompter, the actors would iiave felt less confident during the first night. 13. "Would you like to have a bite/a snack before going?" — "I would love a cup of coffee and a roll." 14. She behaved calmly as though everything were all right/as though all were well and nothing had happened. 15. The old man was speaking slowly as if he were at a loss for words. 16.1 would prefer to have/I would rather have a holiday in winter. 17.1 wish it had happened when you were here. You would have been able to prevent it. 18. If I had more time, I would go to exhibitions and museums regularly. 10.1 do wish you had had time to look about the new districts of our city.

PAGE164 Grammar Exercises

Ex. 79, p. 479

Comments

1. Might serves to express a supposition implying uncertainty. 2. Couldnt expesses impossibility due to circumstances, and must denotes an obligation that seems important to the speaker. 3. Had to denotes obligation imposed by external circumstances, and was to denotes obligation due to a previous arrangement. 4. Are to serves to express an order. 5. Must expresses a supposition bordering on certainty. 6. Couldnt expresses impossibility due to circumstances, and wouldnt expresses refusal to perform the action. 7. Shouldnt is used to express a supposition based on logical probability. 8. Neednt + a Perfect Infinitive shows that the action performed was unnecessary. 9. Are to is used to show that the action is planned. 10. May is used to ask for permission. 11. Must is used to express a supposition implying very strong probability. 12. Cant serves to show that the speaker believes it highly unlikely that the action actually took place. 13. Should is used to give advice. 14. Ought to is used to express advice. 15. Couldn t serves to express inability to perform the action, have to serves to express necessity, and should is used for emotional colouring. 16. May is used to express a supposition implying-uncertainty, and have to serves to express necessity. 17. Cant is used to express prohibition, and mustnt is used to show an obligation the speaker feels very strongly about. 18. Can is used to express physical ability. 19. A re to is used to show that the action will take place in accordance with a plan or arrangement.

Translation

1. Если вы хотите познакомиться с большим количеством англичан, вам, возможно, захочется поехать в туристический лагерь. 2. Одно плохо — я не мог сдавать экзамены весной и должен делать это теперь. 3. Моим родителям пришлось уехать в экспедицию — они, как вы знаете, геологи — а меня оставили вести хозяйство. 4. Вы должны принимать по столовой ложке этой микстуры три раза в день. 5. В этой суматохе я, должно быть, забыла сахарницу на полке в кухне. 6. Он не мог оплатить гостиничный счет, а кредита ему больше не давали. 7. Полагаю, этот заплыв займет у вас не намного более часа с четвертью. 8. Я зря торопился: он еще был не готов. 9. Сейчас у нас будет/должна быть лекция. 10. Можно, я посмотрю на фотографин? 11. Здесь, должно быть, какая-то ошибка.

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6)

165

12. «Он сказал, что из всех девушек, которые там были, ты самая хорошенькая». — «Не может быть, чтобы он говорил это серьезно»./«Ни за что не поверю, что он действительно так думает». 13. Если вы интересуетесь церквами и историческими достопримечательностями, вам стоит осмотреть Вестминстерское аббатство, парламент, собор Св. Павла и Тауэр. 14. Мне сказали, что стоило бы сходить в Британский музей. 15. Я и представить себе не мог, что, читая английскую газету, я буду вынужден искать главные статьи не на первых полосах, а в середине. 16. Если вы не будете беречься, у вас может произойти нервный срыв и вам придется лечь в больницу. 17. Тебе нельзя входить. Я не хочу,-чтобы ты от меня заразился. 18. Микробы, вызывающие грипп, могут существовать только в кислой среде. 19. Я слышал, завтра будут отбирать игроков для всесоюзного матча.

Ex. 80, р. 480

1. One can newer know what may happen. 2. You might have sent us a note at least! We waited for you the whole day. 3. Do you think you could/can command an army? 4. Well, your wives might/may not like the lady Im going to marry. 5. Last winter he could/might be seen in the club any night. 6. What can/could Anne be doing all this time in the kitchen? 7. Whatever the reason may be, the fact remains. 8. She may/might/could have lost her ring herself, it couldnt have been stolen. 9. Who can/could have said such a thing? 10. Somebody may/might/could have given her my address. 11. Such difficulties can be easily put up with. 12. If only I could make him understand me properly. 13.1 could have helped him, but I didnt receive his letter.

Ex.81, p. 480

1. I should have been preparing for my coming exam yesterday, but I had to look after my sick sister. 2. He doesnt have to get up early. He begins working at 9.30. 3. "I shouldnt have said those wounding words," he reproached himself. 4. It isnt the sort of thing one should discuss with unknown people. 5. You neednt worry about money. Ive got enough for both of us. 6. You neednt have walked all the way to the station. You could/might have taken a bus round the corner. 7. Sooner or later one has to choose. 8. Mother had to get up and down a good bit during the meal, fetching things back and forward. 9.1 managed

166 Grammar Exercises

to get there at half past twelve. But I neednt have hurried. They had already left. 10. Breakfast is often a quick meal, because the father of the family has to get away to his work, children have to go to school, and the mother has her housework to do. 11. If you are interested in historic places, you should go to Westminster Abbey. 12. She drew a chair near his — he wondered if he should help her with the chair — and sat down beside him. 13. They had to knock twice before the door was opened. 14. She shouldnt have given money to her boy. Then it wouldnt have happened. 15. She had to conceal her real feelings lest anyone should notice how unhappy she was. 16. You neednt come yourself. You may send somebody else.

Ex. 82, p. 481

1. He has bad/poor eyesight and has to wear glasses all the time. 2. You neednt ring (at the door). Ive got a key. 3. The door cant have been open. Ive locked it myself. 4. He may have already got the tickets and we may be able to go and see the first night on Sunday. 5. Can/Could you have forgotten about our meeting? 6. He should have/ought to have been more careful when (he was) doing/conducting the experiment. 7. What can he be doing there so long? He must have just fallen asleep. You know that he can fall asleep anywhere and at any time. 8. One should never judge by/from the first impression. It may (turn out to) be wrong. 9. You should read/ought to read this book. You ought to/should like it. 10. You shall certainly be informed should the need arise/if necessary. 11. Oh, how heartily you will wish you hadnt uttered/ said those words! 12. He looks very happy: his work must have been approved. 13. Really, you might have warned me. Then I wouldnt have had to waste so much time. You should have pretended/ought to have pretended that you didnt see her limp/ see that she was lame. 15. It must be very nice to travel in the south. 16. You may/might/could have just as well done it yourself. 17. He cant have sent the telegram. He didnt go out. He must have forgotten. 18. You neednt have informed them about it today. You might/could have waited till tomorrow.

Ex. 83, p. 481

1. He has insulted our family and he must suffer for it! 2. You should not have gone out without an umbrella in such rainy weather. 3. Im afraid I may/might have sounded a bit unfriendly over

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 4—6)

PAGE167

the phone. 4. "I ought to have told Soames," he thought, "that I think him comic." 5. We might live to their age, perhaps. 6. Here she would sit, sewing and knitting, while he worked at the table.

7. Why should you be different from other people? 8. "Good morning," said the girl. "I believe you must be Toby. Have I guessed right?" 9. If you can read without spectacles, and I believe you can, be so good as to read this letter for me. 10. Captain Steerforth, may/might/could I speak to you for a moment? 11. Anne felt she could not stand much more of this discussion. She said she must go on with her work and began to rise. 12. Why should one make trouble for oneself when one is old? 13. Could/ Would you do me a favaur and meet her at the station? 14. He was not old, he could not/cannot have been more than forty. 15. The day we were to start it rained worse than ever. 16. You neednt hurry. There is plenty of time. 17. Mother has fallen ill, so I had to change my plans. 18. We didnt know what to do; the key would not turn and we could not get into the room. 19.1 ought not to have left Cape Town last night. I wish I had not. 20. "Could/ Might/May I speak to Mr. Pitt, please?" — "Im afraid hes out at the moment, could you ring back later?**

Ex. 84, p. 483

1. His name is Foster. You may/might have heard his name. 2. The face of the woman in a blue suit standing by the door seems familiar. I must have met her somewhere. 3.1 cant find this record anywhere. Can/Could it have been broken? 4.1 shouldn t/oughtnt to have said it to him. He may have taken offence. 5. Everything will be okay! Your daughter will surely recover! (Everything shall be okay. Your daughter shall recover.) 6. Yesterday you came back late. You should/ought to go to bed earlier today. 7. You shouldnt/ oughtnt to have spoken to her like this. She doesnt deserve it.

8. It is necessary that every student should take part in this competition. 9. You cant harp on the same thing al! the time! 10. The chairman suggested/proposed that all those present should air/give/voice their opinions on the matter. 11. You wont have to make anything up. You will be told what to do. 12. Have you never heard of him? Well, you shall! 13. Jane couldnt forget the day which was to have been/was to be her wedding day and which had ended so tragically. 14.1 dont have to get up early now: school starts in the afternoon. 15.1 cant have missed him. I was standing next to the door all the time. 16. He neednt have worked so late.

168 Grammar Exercises

Some of the work might/could have been put off till today. 17. Can I offer you a cup of tea, doctor? 18. One/You shouldnt be so impatient. One/You should always consider other peoples habits. 19. You must behave as though nothing had happened. 20. Do you often have to consult a doctor? 21. Would you be so kind as to help me open the suitcase? Theres something wrong with the lock, it wont open. 22. He was to have come at five, weve been waiting for him for an hour and a half, but he still isnt here. Where could he be? 23. Why should we help him? He just wont work. 24. He sent her presents, but she wouldnt accept them.

NON-FINITE FORMS OF THE VERB

(TO UNITS SEVEN — NINE) The Infinitive

Ex. 85, p. 483

1. The Perfect Active Infinitive is used in the second sentence. The perfect form is used because the action of the infinitive precedes that of the predicate verb in the first sentence. 2. The Continuous Active Infinitive is used to emphasize the idea of the duration of the action simultaneous with the predicate verb. 3. The infinitive is used in its simple form because it expresses an action following the predicate verb. The passive form is chosen because the action is directed not from but to the subject of the sentence. 4. The action of the infinitive is prior to that of the predicate verb which though not mentioned can be easily guessed at: I am glad… Hence the use of the Perfect Infinitive. 5. The Continuous Infinitive serves merely to make the statement more expressive. One might just as well have used the Simple Infinitive in this sentence. 6. Priority of action: the action of the infinitive is prior to that of the predicate verb, therefore the Perfect Infinitive is used. It is passive because its action is directed not from but towards the subject of the sentence. 7. The action of the finite verb (are) and the infinitive(ro be taken) are simultaneous, so the Simple Infinitive is used. It is passive because the action is directed not from but towards the subject. 8. The perfect continuous form of the infinitive is used to show the priority and

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7)

PAGE169

to express the duration of the action. 9. The Simple Active Infinitive (to take off) is used because its action follows that of the finite verb (told) and the other infinitive used in the sentence (be heard) is in the simple form because it is used in a subordinate clause of purpose. The passive form shows that the subject (footsteps) was the object of the action and not its doer. 10. The action of the infinitive is prior to that of the finite verb, hence the use the Perfect Infinitive. 11. The action of the infinitive follows that of the finite verb, so the Simple Infinitive is used. The infinitive is part of a Complex Object. 12. The Perfect Continuous Active Infinitive is used to show that its action began in the past and instill in progress at the moment of speaking.

13. The Continuous Active Infinitive is used to show that the action, expressed by it, is going on at the moment of speaking.

14. The Perfect Active Infinitives are used to express prior actions. The finite verb can be found in the wider context from which the sentence has been taken. 15. The infinitives are used in the simple f ocm because their action is simultaneous with that of the finite verb. The first infinitive (to be done) is passive because its action is directed to its subject. The second infinitive is active because its action is directed from the subject of the whole sentence which though not mentioned in it can be found in the wider context from which the sentence is taken.

Ex. 86, p. 483

to have been done — to do, to be doing, to have done, to have

been doing, to be done to be spoken to — to speak to, to be speaking to, to have spoken

to, to have been speaking to, to have been spoken to to curl — to be curling, to have curled, to have been curling,

to be curled, to have been curled to be breaking — to break, to have broken, to have been

breaking, to be broken, to have been broken to have nodded — to nod, to be nodding, to have nodded, to

have been nodding to drive — to be driving, to have driven, to have been driving,

to be driven, to have been driven

– to be ruined — to ruin, to be ruining, to have ruined, to have 2 been ruining, to have been ruined

– to be rubbing — to rub, to have rubbed, to have been rubbing,

to be rubbed, to have been rubbed

170 Grammar Exercises

to land — to be landing, to have landed, to have been landing,

to be landed, to have been landed to turn — to be turning, to have turned, to have been turning,

to be turned, to have been turned to have been sleeping — to sleep, to be sleeping, to have

slept

to be got — to get, to be getting, to have got, to have been

getting, to have been got to be running — to run, to have run, to have been running to have been read — to read, to be reading, to have been

reading, to be read to be said — to say, to be saying, to have said, to have been

saying, to have been said to arrive — to be arriving, to have arrived, to have been

arriving

to be telling — to tell, to have told, to have been telling, to be told, to have been told

Ex. 87, p. 483

1. Im so dreadfully sorry to have bothered/to be botheringyou in this stupid way. 2. He kept late hours last night, he may still be sleeping. 3. "She must have been very beautiful years ago," Maren thought. 4. Its a secret, and no one else must fee told. 5. Goodbye. So pleased to have met you. 6. Hes a talented engineer. Hes supposed to be working at a new invention. 7. Oh, my Margaret, my daughter. You should never have gone. It was all your fathers fault. 8. She seems to have been working at her project since spring and says she has still a lot to do. 9. Ive just seen him passing the entrance door, so he cant fee working at the laboratory as you say. 10. The next morning he seemed to have forgotten it all. 11. It ought to have been done long ago; at least before their leaving Blackstable. 12. She seemed at times to be seized with an uncontrolled irritation and would say sharp and wounding things. 13. You probably think that I must have lived a very gay life in France, but it wasnt so. 14. No words can describe it: it must fee seen.

Ex. 88, p. 484

1. Maggie was sorry not to have warned her parents that she would be delayed. 2. I was glad to have seen another play by Ostrovsky. 3. The children were happy to have been taken to the circus. 4. This waltz made him remember his youth. 5. I would

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7)

PAGE171

like this text to be recorded once more. 6. He cant be still sitting in the reading hall. He must have already left. 7. She must be still staying at her friends country house. 8. Can/Could she have got angry with you? 9. I am very glad to have seen them to the station. 10. I was so lucky/How lucky I was to see this performance! 11. Your next task is to carry out/to do this experiment in our laboratory. 12. Look at him! He must be trying to solve some important problem. 13. They couldnt have memorized my address. They have dropped in with my brother only once and purely by chance. 14. This sad event shouldnt/ oughtnt to be mentioned in her presence. 15. They seem to be waiting for the instructions necessary to perform this task.

Ex. 89, p. 484

1. The teacher made me repeat it all over again. 2. You neednt ask for permission, I let you take my books whenever you like. 3. Will you help me (to) move the table? 4. He is expected to arrive in a few days. 5. Y.ou seem to know these places very well. 6. You had better make a note of it. 7. I heard the door open and saw a shadow move across the floor. 8. He told me to try to do it once again. 9. Id rather walk a little before going to bed. 10. There is nothing to do but (to) wait till somebody comes to let us out. 11. You ought not to show your feelings. 12. Why not wait a little longer? 13.1 felt her shiver with cold. 14. We should love you to stay with us. 15. You are not to mention this to anyone. 16. We got Mother to cut up some sandwiches. 17. Rose wanted them to stop laughing, wanted the curtain to come down. 18. Ill have to go there. 19. There doesnt seem to be anything wrong with you. 20. She helped me (to) get over my fear. 21. Look here, Jane, why be so cross? 22. He was seen to make a note of it. 23. What made you deceive me? 24. He was not able to explain anything.

Ex. 90, p. 485

1. Он не хотел смеяться тогда, да и теперь не имел такого желания. 2. Вы не обязаны ничего говорить, если не хотите. 3. Майкл много знал, во всяком случае так казалось. 4. «Давай-ка все это забудем, ладно?» — «Я рад все забыть, спасибо, о 5. Всякий раз, когда ей говорили помалкивать, она так и делала. 6. Это моя вина. Простите, я не хотел этого делать, это вышло нечаянно. 7. Я знаю, что мне надо было прийти к тебе и рассказать об этом, но я боялся. 8. «Я буду рад тебя видеть.

172 Grammar Exercises

Приходи в любое время». — «Дорогой, ты же знаешь, как сильно мне этого хочется. Но я не могу». 9. «Вы не должны отсылать это письмо». — «Янепременно пошлю его авиапочтой из Порт-Саида». 10. Я не мог сделать то, что хотел.

Ex. 91, р. 485 (possible variants)

1. They say you read a lot. — Not so much as I used to. 2. Why didnt you invite them? — I simply didnt want to. 3. Will you write a letter to her ? — Yes, if you wish me to. 4. Why cant you go with us? — Im not allowed to. 5. Im afraid you cant come. — I suppose Ill have to./But Ill try to. 6. I see that you havent bought any oranges. — No, I forgot to. 7. You must take more care of it. — Yes, I ought to. 8. She says you are going to help her. — I suppose Ill have to. 9. Why didnt you dance with him? — He didnt ask me to. 10. You didnt sign your test paper. — I meant to, but I forgot.

Ex. 92, p. 486 (possible variants)

a) The infinitive as subject:

1. To punish the child for such a harmless prank would be unjust. 2. Just to look at her pretty, bright face was very pleasant. 3. To fire him immediately is the only thing to do. 4. To learn this dialogue by heart and dramatize it would be much more useful. 5. To decide which of them is right is not an easy matter.

b) The infinitive as predicative:

1. My hobby is to collect coins/stamps/matchboxes/old postcards. 2. The best way to master a foreign language is to learn the basics at home and then go to a country where this language is spoken, stay there for at least a couple of months and get as much practice as possible. 3. The next thing to be done is to find a good, well-paid job. 4. Our aim was to cheat him out of his money. 5. To say so means to demonstrate your complete lack of confidence. 6. His only wish is to get home as fast as possible.

c) The infinitive as object:

1. He asked to come with us./He asked us to take him along. 2. In the kindergarten children are taught to read and to count.

Nan-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7) PAGE173

3.1 am so glad to be able to help you. 4. We are so awfully sorry not to have warned you that we might not be able to come to your party. 5. The doctor advised the patient to go on a diet of fruit, vegetables and dairy products. 6. The child is afraid to speak English in your presence because he is afraid of making mistakes.

7. Ive clean forgotten to buy a Christmas present for my mother-in-law. 8. Everybody promised not to miss classes again, but very few kept their promises. 9. Would you like to have a glass of Bloody Mary or do you prefer plain Scotch and soda? 10. Who has allowed you to let the cat in? 11. Aunt Polly instructed Jim to take her straight to his mistress.

d) The infinitive as attribute:

have nothing to do with all this. 3. This is a chance to take revenge on your old enemy/to get hold of the most gorgeous guy in town. 4. Benny has no friends to play with, poor boy. 5. He is not a man to be trusted. 6. She made an attempt to make it up with her boyfriend but failed. 7. Is there anybody to shut the bloody door?

8. He always finds something to do. 9. This is the information to convince my boss that I was right to refuse that offer. 10. He spoke of his wish to become as great a magician as David Copperfield and maybe even greater.

e) The infinitive as adverbial modifier of purpose:

1. He came immediately to stand/go bail for his son. 2. Well stay after the lecture to ask the professor some questions. 3. They stopped to rest their horses. 4. Write down this rule so as not to forget it. 5. Ive opened the door to let the dog in. 6. He stepped aside politely to let her pass. 7. To achieve success you must work hard. 10. The boy ran out to meet his grandmother.

f) The infinitive as adverbial modifier of result:

1. She was too frightened to tell the truth. 2. The article is too difficult to translate. 3. The fence is high enough to keep intruders out. 4. The baby is too restless to take him out for a walk. 5. The weather is warm enough to wear a hug-me-tight and sandals. 6. We are too busy to take another order. 7. She was grown-up enough to look after her little sister. 8. The night was too dark to make out the outlines of the ships riding at anchor in the harbour.

174 Grammar Exercises

Ex. 93, p. 487

Ex. 95, p. 487

l.This is a splendid opportunity/an excellent chance to make it up with them. 2. Ive got no one to turn to for advice. 3. Heres j a fresh rose to stick in/to pin to your hair. 4. It was an ; inconvenient time to have a break. 5. I doubt if there is anyone here to talk to about this matter. 6.1 was given a text to translate , without using a dictionary. 7. Theres nothing to argue about. We are practically talking about one and the same thing. 8. He is just the right man to fill the vacancy. 9. Heres the key to open the desk drawer with. 10. To my mind the matter to be discussed at our meeting is very important. 11.1 cant see the duster to rub the blackboard clean. 12. Its just the right book to read before going to sleep. 13. We are leaving tomorrow morning and we still have plenty to do. 14. He was the first to answer. 15. There was no time to lose, and Teleguin jumped out of the window onto the roof of the next house. 16. Theres nothing to think over, everything is very simple. 17. Although he wanted to say something cheering, all he was able todo was (to) give ashy smile. 18. He realized with regret that there was nothing to be done.

Ex. 96, p. 488

1. to be missed; 2. to catch; 3. to work; 4. to avoid; 5. to be drawn; 6. not to forget; 7. not to be helped; 8. to find; 9. to see; 10. to forget; 11. to find; 12. to help

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7)

PAGE175

Translation

1. Я намеревался воспользоваться этим случаем, он был слишком хорош, чтобы упустить его. 2. Выйдя из здания почты, я обнаружил, что было уже слишком поздно, чтобы успеть на лондонский поезд/что уже не успею на лондонский поезд. 3. Было слишком жарко, чтобы работать, и мы решили сделать перерыв. 4. Диксон был достаточно умен, чтобы не говорить с Уэлчем на эту тему. 5. Майкл полагал, что Джонни слишком молод, чтобы вовлекать его в их религиозную общину. 6. Будучи женщиной в полном смысле слова, она даже в этот критический момент не забыла напудрить нос. 7. Ему ничем нельзя помочь. 8. Он повернулся к Маргарет и обнаружил, что она беседует с Кэрол Голдсмит. 9. Он услышал громкий стук в парадную дверь, открыл ее и увидел незнакомца в потрепанном плаще. 10. Ей нравилось быть доброй и раздавать обещания, которые она тотчас же забывала. 11. Он быстро прошел в ванную, а вернувшись, обнаружил, что Мэри сидит возле его кровати. 12. Жаль, что я недостаточно силен, чтобы помочь тебе, мой мальчик.

Ex. 97, р. 488

1. It was too dark to see anything before him. 2. You are experienced enough to know better. 3. He was too excited to utter a word. 4. He was too angry to speak to me. 5. He knows too few English words to make himself understood. 6. She knows English well enough to read Somerset Maugham in the original./She knows English so well as to be able to read Somerset Maugham in the original. 7. Mr. Burton was so cruel as to send a man to death.

8. The story "A Friend in Need" is too tragic to be merely ironical.

9. The man was too down and out to get adecent job. 10. The man was not strong enough to swim the distance. It was too late for anybody to save him.

Ex. 98, p. 489

1. He is clever enough to understand it. 2. The current was too strong for him to swim around the beacon. 3. The story was too gripping/absorbing not to read it to the end. 4. Her pronunciation was too correct to be natural. 5. He was so furious that one word would have been enough to drive him mad. 6. Ive looked through two chapters to find only five suitable examples. 7. The next morning she woke up to find he rself alone in the house. 8. After a

176 Grammar Exercises

long travel he returned to realize that there is no place like home. 9. He walked around/round/about all the rooms to find only the cat in the kitchen. The flat was empty. 10. She opened the door of the study to see her father walking up and down/to and fro/back and forth in a rage. 11. From time to time he would wake up only to go back to sleep at once. 12. After a long absence she came back home to find that nothing had changed: they had not forgiven her. 13. He thought over the situation for the umpteenth time only to realize that there was no way out. 14. She opened the door to find that everybody had already gathered and was waiting for her.

Ex. 99, p. 489

1. Adverbial modifier of purpose. 2. to know is part of a compound verbal predicate of double orientation and to worry about is an attribute. 3. Part of a Complex Object. 4. Attribute.

5. to let is an object, and come is part of a Complex Object. 6. come and get are parts of compound verbal modal predicates. 7. Part of a Complex Object. 8. Subject. 9. An adverbial modifier of result. 10. to take is an object and to help is an adverbial modifier of result. 11. Subject. 12. An adverbial modifier of result. 13. Part of a compound verbal aspect predicate. 14. Attribute. 15. to get is an attribute, and to study is a predicative. 16. get is part of a compound verbal modal predicate and to do is an attribute. 17. Part of a compound verbal modal predicate. 18. to stare is an attribute, and to concentrate is an object. 19. Subject. 20. Attributes. 21. water and talk are parts of Complex Objects, and to hear is a subject.

Ex. 100, p. 490

1. She is pleasant to talk to. 2. The matter was too complicated to be discussed in an hour. 3.1 am glad to have learnt the truth. 4. You had better not annoy him with your silly questions. 5. This question is too complicated for her to decide/settle it by herself.

6. He isnt the kind of person to expect any help from. 7. It would be better to persuade him to work than to force him. 8. We are very glad to have seen this performance. 9. The children seem to have forgotten about this sad event. 10. You should have warned me in advance. 11. I kept silent because I had nothing to say. 12. They promised me to help prepare for the party. 13. His phone number is easy to memorize. 14. This man must have been sitting here for about half an hour. Who could he be waiting for? 15. Do

■ J

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7) PAGE177

you remember who was the first to enter the room? 16. He is hardly a/the man to give you the information that interests you.

17. We pretended not to have noticed his mistake so as not to embarrass him. 18. The most important thing is how to make her believe us and follow/listen to our advice.

Ex. 101, p. 490

1. The rule is not difficult to remember. 2. My grandfathers armchair is very comfortable to sit in. 3. She is kind and easy to deal with. 4. He is difficult to persuade. 5. This passage is not very easy to translate because it contains some idiomatic expressions. 6. The girlis pleasant to look at but not at all pleasant to talk to. 7. Their quarrel was unpleasant to watch. 8. His stories are always funny to listen to. 9. Uncle Jacks advice was useful to follow. 10. This question is not so very easy to answer.

Ex. 103, p. 491

Comments 4

1. me feel — Complex Object. 2. you to say — Complex Object.

3. my father leave — Complex Object. 4. his door open — Complex Object. 5. us sleep — Complex Object. 6. a chap spend — Complex Object. 7. it to be — Complex Object. 8. him to come back — Complex Object. 9. somebody touch — Complex Object.10. it to be done — Complex Object. 11. She … to notice — Complex Subject. 12. The number … to be — Complex Subject. 13. He … to be — Complex Subject. 14. Lady Franklin … to expect — Complex Subject. 15. The boy … to repeat — Complex Subject. 16. Professor Lee …to join —Complex Subject. 17. He… to say — Complex Subject; the door … to be shut — Complex Object.

18. it… to be looking back — Complex Subject. 19. He … to have been — Complex Subject. 20. You … to keep — Complex Subject.

Translation

1. Я чувствую себя как-то странно из-за таблеток, которые дал мне мой врач. 2. Я хочу, чтобы ты сказала себе: «Он умер смертью храбрых, служа своей стране, и мы должны им гордиться». 3. Я видел, как отец вышел из дома в то самое утро.

4. Уже теряя сознание, он услышал, как его дверь открылась и тотчас же закрылась опять. 5. Джордж был уверен, что благодаря свежему воздуху и физической нагрузке мы будем спать как убитые. 6. Никогда не видел, чтобы человек тратил

178 Grammar Exercises

столько времени на изучение рентгеновских снимков/радиограмм. 7. Я думал, что это сигнал начинать. 8. Мы не ожидали, что он вернется так быстро, и теперь гадали, что стряслось. 9. Она почувствовала, как кто-то ласково коснулся ее рукой. 10. Я бы хотел, чтобы это было проделано как мо>. но незаметнее, не привлекая внимания. 11. Она, похоже, не замечала его холодного тона. 12. Оказалось, что дом, адрес которого мне дали/к которому меня направили, стоит несколько на отшибе, задом к реке. 13. «Кажется, он спит, миледи», — сказал дворецкий. 14. Леди Фрэнклин, похоже, ожидала ответа. 15. Мальчика заставили повторить свой рассказ дважды. 16. Предполагалось, что профессор Ли присоединится к экспедиции в Северной Африке, но он заболел. 17. Было слышно, как он сказал, что будет дождь, и велел закрыть дверь на балкон. 18. Я разглядывал дом со смесью подозрения и любопытства, а он, в свою очередь, похоже, разглядывал меня. 19. Говорят, что в молодости он был моряком. 20. Ты ведь вряд ли составишь нам компанию, а, Джим?

Ex. 104, р. 492

1. Не was made to consult a doctor. 2. You seem to be upset. Whats the matter? 4. Ive never seen Jane Buck dance. 5.1 was asleep and didnt hear them leave. 6. Parents always want their children to grow up to be honest people. 7.1 think it was unfair of you to do it. 8. Who allowed you to make free with/to use my things? 9. He felt his strength return(ing). 10. Nothing could make him change his decision. 11. This year winter is expected to be severe. 12. I accidentally iieard you say the last sentence. 13. They are sure to get married. 14.1 want all of us to meet once more. 15. She felt someone touch her on the shoulder. 16. She was closely watching the other gymnasts jump. 17. He is unlikely to recover by Monday. 18. Dont allow children to play with matches. 19. We turned out to know each other. 20. She grew pale and I felt her shudder.

Ex. 105, p. 492

1.1 should be delighted to get acquainted with the captain of your team. 2. He was annoyed to learn that they hadnt chosen him as a player for the All-Union match. 3. I was sorry to have missed the beginning of the match. 4. We must wait for the referee to whistle, then well see the teams coming out. 5. They

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7)

PAGE179

wouldnt be surprised to receive an invitation to play in a tennis match with the fellows from our college. 6. You would be foolish to miss the chance. 7. Im pleased to have been of some service to you. 8. She turned to me as if to ask me something. 9. We are happy to have won, it was a difficult match. 10. I was sorry to hear of their failure. 11. Im sorry to have been of so little assistance. 12. He pressed his finger to his lips as if to warn her.

Ex. 106, p. 493

A. 1. Он придержал для нее дверь./Он придержал дверь, чтобы она могла войти. 2. Как милое вашей стороны помнить мой голос! Я вас не побеспокоил? 3. С вашей стороны было очень любезно приехать, но теперь вы должны уехать. 4. «Три недели и два дня, миледи», — ответил Ледбиттер. «Как мило с вашей стороны посчитать дни!» — сказала леди Фрэнклин. 5. «Как мило, что вы пришли», — сказал он, не вставая с кровати. 6. Думаю, лучше всего тебе будет увидеть его самой. 7. Сейчас слишкоигпоэдно, чтобы выпускать детей на улицу.

B. 1. Мне надо сообщить тебе что-то очень важное, настолько важное, что я и не знаю, как это сказать. 2. Я не вполне уверен, присоединяться мне к ним или нет. 3. Мы пока еще не решили, когда тронемся в путь. 4. Он колебался, не зная, что сказать дальше. 5. Я не знал, какую книгу выбрать. 6. Скажите мне, кого пригласить. 7. Вопрос в том, где это спрятать.

C. 1. И по правде говоря, я и сам рад, что у меня есть попутчик. 2. Откровенно говоря, ни один дом в городе не мог сравниться по популярности с их домом. 3. Он, конечно же, немного опоздает, и Энн станет ворчать. 4. Короче говоря, все закончилось к ее вящему удовольствию.

Ex. 107, р. 493

1. She held out the telegram for me to see it. 2. Its quite natural for you to think so. 3. The first thing for him to do is to ring them up ■ 4. Let us wait for them to settle this matter. 5. This is a problem for you to solve all by yourself. 6. I shall bring the article for you to read. 7. I gave an umbrella to the children for them not to get wet through. 8, Ive put on weight. Now this dress is too tight for me to wear. 9. It is unbelievable for a man to go so far beyond his limit. 10. He spoke loudly for everyone to hear

180 Grammar Exercises

him. 11. There is nothing for me to add. 12. It is very unusual for him to have said such a thing. 13. Its high time for you to know grammar well. 14. This is a boy for you to play with.

Ex. 108, p. 493 (possible variants)

1. Can you advise me what university to go to? 2.1 cant make up my mind whether to refuse this offer or not. 3. She hesitated where to go for her holiday: to Italy or to France. 4.1 am at a loss what to say. 5. The trouble is how to choose between the two. 6. Where to put up for the night is the first thing to decide. 7. His chief difficulty was how to tell his twin daughters apart. 8.1 dont know what jewels to put on. 9. Show me how to fix it. 10. Nobody could tell him who to turn to for help.

Ex. 109, p. 494 (possible variants)

1. To cut a long story short, Scarlett realized that she loved; Rhett when it was already too late. 2. Her grammar is not very, good, to put it mildly. 3. My eyes water, my joints ache, and to crown (it) all most of my teeth need filling. 5. What he said is not quite true, to say the least of it. 6. It will be a lot of trouble, to say nothing of the expense. (Это причинит уйму хлопот, не го* воря уже о расходах.) 7. То begin with, Ive never seen the man and dont know him from Adam. 8. To judge by her appearanceT she is still in her twenties.

Ex. 110, p. 494

1. You had better stay in today. You may catch a cold. 2, often hear you speak in students debates. 3. You have heard him say it yourself. 4. It would do you good to do more physical exercises. 5. He knew that he must be there but couldnt make himself come in. (He knew that his presence/attendance was ft must/was necessary but couldnt make himself come in.) 6. She was heard to say that none of them could be trusted. 7. He must have read this novel quite recently. 8. She is unlikely to know what to say about it. 9. The difficulty is where to obtain this rare book. 10. I dont know him well enough to talk to him about it, 11. She doesnt like her door to be shut. 12. Im glad to meet you, 13. Im glad to have met you. 14. There was no one to ask, and Wf had to wait. 15. Why not go for a walk? The weather is wonderful

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7)

PAGE181

16. They say he was seen to enter the house, but no one saw him leave it. 17. She seems to be practising (at) the piano all morning. 18. Ben was the first to speak. 19. They dont seem to have left yet. 20. I have a lot to talk to you about. 21. We didnt expect him to do it himself. 22. She is too shallow/light-minded to take it seriously. 23. It cant have been done in so short a time/in such a short time. 24. He isnt easy to please.

The Gerund

Ex.111, p. 494

1. Рассказывать о себе — это как раз то, чего мы, современные авторы, очень не любим. 2. Он перестал писать, со всех ног бросился в ванную и начал торопливо умываться. Он уже опаздывал на две минуты. 3. Я знаю, что это глупо, но не могу не беспокоиться. 4. Мне не нравится, когда мне лгут — а это как раз то, что вы, по-моему, пытаетесь сейчас сделать. 5. Мне^грудно решиться рассказать вам свою историю. 6. Услышав этот звук, Нэнс бросилась к двери, а Грэнд — к окну. 7. Он уехал, не заплатив по счету. 8. Вы не могли бы немного подождать в приемной? 9. Он отрицал, что открывал коробку./Он сказал, что не открывал коробку. 10. Когда я быстро пишу, у меня устает рука. 11. Я помню, что видел его/ее/эту вещь на столе. 12. Его обвинили в том, что он въехал в страну нелегально. 13. Мне не нравилось, что моя мать вмешивается в это дело. 14. Мальчик полночи писал письмо родным.

Ex. 112, р. 495

1. Speakiпg without thinking is shouting without aim. 2. Do you know what is peculiar about the English rule of driving? 3. Im glad to say that the lady didnt keep us waiting. 4. I remember being taken to Paris when I was a very small child. 5.1 strongly suspect Gerald of knowing about it beforehand, though he swears he didnt. 6. Excuse me for not writing more at the moment. 7. She never lost the power of forming quick decisions. 8. He had an air of being master of his fate, which was his chief attraction. 9. She denied having seen me at the concert though Im sure I saw her in the stalls. 10.1 want to thank her for looking after the children while I was out. 11. He passed to the front door and out without seeing us. 12.1 enjoy reading poetry. 13.1 dont

PAGE182 Grammar Exercises

mind staying here for a little while. 14. Are yougoing to keep me waiting all day? 15. They reproached us for not coming to the party; they were waiting for us the whole evening. 16. He suspected her of giving/having given the police information about him while the workers were on strike. 17. I sat on the doorstep thinking over my chances of escaping from home. 18. There is very little hope of the work being done in time. The coat showed evident signs of being worn/having been worn on the preceding night. 20. Avoiding the use of the perfect Gerund is quite common if there is no fear of misunderstanding.

Ex.113, p. 496

1. Newton, the famous scientist, was sometimes engaged in working out difficult problems. 2. "There is no question of forgiving you," he said quickly. 3. Of course, I should insist on being paid for my work. 4.1 wonder if theres any use in trying to improve him. 5. We began to speak only when we were out of hearing of the old man. 6. I insist on going there at once. 7. We all suspected him of learning it before and trying to conceal it from us. 8. They were all busy with unpacking the books and putting them on the shelves. 9. On hearing the news she ran over to the telephone to inform Gerald at once. 10. But in making this request Mr. Dennant avoided looking in his face. 11.1 spent the rest of the time in the hall of the Station Hotel in writing letters. 12. You can help me by giving a piece of good advice, youre old enough to know it better. 13. After discussing the plan we decided to consult Mikes eldest brother who in our eyes was an expert. 14. He hesitated a little before opening the door. He had a feeling that there was somebody waiting for him inside. 15. On hearing the sound of the door opened downstairs he tiptoed into the corridor and bent over the banister. 16. On seeing three little children dancing in the street to their own music he came up nearer to see them better. 17. Excuse me for coming late.

Ex. 114, p. 496

1—3. Subject. 4. Seeing is a subject and believing is a predicative. 5—6. Predicative. 7—9. Part of a compound verbal aspect predicate. 10. Part of a compound verbal modal predicate. 11 — 18. Object. 19—21. Attribute. 22, 24. Part of an adverbial modifier of manner. 23, 25. Part of an adverbial modifier of time.

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7) 183

Ex. 115, p. 497

1. Now I can boast of having seen Rome and London, Paris and Athens. 2. How did you like the English rule of driving on the left side of the road instead of the right? 3. I hate being ill and staying in bed. 4. We all kissed Mother before going to bed. 5. Im not used to receiving Christmas presents. 6. At every school she went to she learned drawing, besides being taught by her father at home. 7. My wife and I look forward to seeing you and Rosa. 8. The children had to help in sweeping and cleaning the rooms and washing up after meals. 9. The doctor left three different medicines with instructions on giving them. 10. You can improve your pronunciation by reading aloud. 11.1 went out for a while after giving the boy the prescribed capsules. 12. You cant act without feeling. 13. I dislike the idea of spending a holiday with hundreds of other people. 14. On being asked about it he said he knew nothing. 15. The silence was broken by the sound of a door being locked. 16. She walked a little after leaving her office. 17.1 remember going to the British Museum one day.

Ex.116, p. 497

1. Nelly suggested going to the History Museum. 2. This problem is worth discussing. 3. I remember seeing this very photograph in another magazine. 4. Although we only stayed in London for three days I greatly enjoyed doing/seeing the sights of this huge/enormous city. 5. She is afraid of staying alone with the children. She doesnt know what to do with them and how to entertain them. 6. Reading books on the history of England and of London in particular is a pleasant and useful/beneficial occupation for an intending/would-be teacher of English. 7. He avoids meeting me after our quarrel. 8. They couldnt keep from being late/couldnt help being late. Their train had been delayed by fog. 9. The doctor insists on all the childrens/all the children being inoculated/vaccinated (on inoculating all the children). 10. Your overcoat needs brushing. 11. I remember seeing the letter on the table. 12. Excuse me for interfering, but 1 have got very important news for you. 13. I dont like borrowing money. Its rather unpleasant. 14. She prefers doing everything herself, without anybodys help. 15. He said it loudly without looking at anyone, and there was no telling who he was addressing. 16. There is no other way of getting there before sunset. 17. We spent a lot of time in writing invitation cards for the graduates of the

184 Grammar Exercises

department to come to our party. 18. You can improve your pronunciation by listening to tapes and reading aloud. 19. On seeing roast turkey on a tray he said that it was the best treat imaginable. 20. After looking through all the photographs John kept smiling for a long time. 21.1 am sorry to have to leave you so soon.

Ex. 117, p. 498

1. our taking her up to town and putting her under the best control — Object. 2. his breathing heavily — Subject; running up two flights of stairs — Object. 3. on your accepting the proper professional fee — Object. 4. by the noise of the outer door being opened — Object. 5. your standing down at the door alone — Object. 6. of the children staying there alone — Attribute. 7. of his being a humorous writer — Object. 8. your being so indifferent— Subject. 9. before your leaving — Adverbial modifier of time. 10. his accepting their proposal quite readily — Predicative. 11. about his favourite cake getting spoiled — Object. 12. without my prompting him — Adverbial modifier of condition. 13. of your telling me this — Object. 14. his having failed at the entrance examination — Subject. 15. on my coming to keep him company — Object.

Ex. 119, p. 498

1. being is a gerund. 2. goings out and comings in are verbal nouns. 3. going back is a gerund. 4. waiting is a gerund. 5. hammering is a verbal noun. 6. tightening is a verbal noun. 7. reading and being exploited are gerunds. 8. hearing is a verbal noun. 9. looking back is a gerund. 10. cunning is a noun. 11. going in for is a gerund. 12. rapping is a verbal noun. 13. tidying is a gerund. 14. writing is a verbal noun. 15, waiting is a gerund. 14. writing is a verbal noun. 15. waiting is a gerund. 16. meeting is a gerund. 17. doing is a gerund. 18. splashing, stirring and shaking are verbal nouns. 19. talking is a gerund. 20. comings and goings are verbal nouns.

Ex.120, p. 499

1.1 dont like seeing people off. I prefer being seen off myself. 2. You shouldnt have insisted on being told the truth. 3. His coming makes all the difference. 4.1 remember putting the money into the bag. 5.1 cant afford buying such expensive things. 6. Do

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7)

PAGE185

you mind his/him calling on you today? 7. She continued/went on/ kept talking without paying attention to what we were saying. 8. Hewasangryatusforhavingbotheredhim. 9. The idea of telling her everything frankly/straightforwardly scared him. 10. We wanted to see her off, but she insisted on going alone. 11.1 dont remember his ever asking me to do it. 12. Instead of thinking the matter over properly she refused outright. 13. What prevented you from coming/going with us? 14. On hearing a faraway cry he stopped and strained his ears. 15. On realizing her mistake she burst out/burst into laughing. 16. She never tired of talking about her children. She was so proud of them! 17. She let me know that she had seen me by slig4itly nodding her head.

Ex. 121, p. 500

1. I remember Mother reprimanding me when I spoiled her favourite fish-cake. 2. We recommended starting work at once. 3. Thank you for reminding me. 4. Nick suggested dining at a restaurant to celebrate this little event. 5. He doesnt like your interfering. 6. He prevents me from helping him/my helping him. 7. Nobody knew about their/them agreeing to take part in the expedition. 8.1 insist on everything being said in plain words to avoid any misunderstanding. 9. She dislikes the children prompting one another and always gets very angry. 10. He wrote he would stay in Paris another week and didnt give any reasons for having to do so. 11.1 cant recollect their/them ever inviting me to stay a weekend with them. 12. He was afraid of the news causing excitement among the girls. 13. She disliked his/him being so stubborn and never listening to her reasons. 14. Nell denies him/his being a bore. 15. I prefer making use of tape-recording before reading the text. 16. Nobody objects to Peter/ Peters living with us. 17. We decided on joining them in Glasgow.

Ex. 123, p. 501

1.1 remember being ill at the time. 2. She kept silent because she was afraid of hurting him if she told the whole truth/she was afraid that telling the whole truth might offend him. 3. One cant get used to being insulted. 4. On seeing me the child gave a cheerful smile/smiled happily. 5. The mother couldnt help worrying/ couldnt keep from worrying because it was high time the children were back. 6. She tore the letter to pieces/bits/shreds without

186 Grammar Exercises

reading it. 7. This matter is worth discussing. 8. He was fined for crossing the street in a wrong place. 9. After what had happened she avoided meeting him. 10. She is considering/thinking about quitting her job and moving to the country. 11.1 liked the idea of spendingthe weekend in the country. 12. Would you mind my/me dropping in tonight? 13. I am used to getting up early because classes in college begin at 7:30. 14. You must return books to the library in time without being reminded. 15. Its no use/There is no use in trying to obtain tickets for this performance. 16. We enjoyed listening to him telling about his adventures. 17. On seeing me coming they broke off/stopped talking. 18. She denied having seen us there. 19.1 cant afford buying such an expensive watch. 20. She seemed very surprised at seeing me.

The Participles

Ex. 124, p. 501

1. dying is an attribute. 2. watching is part of an adverbial modifier of attending circumstances. 3. being is part of an adverbial modifier of reason. 4. laughing is an attribute. 5. promising is part of an attribute. 6. carrying is part of an adverbial modifier of manner. 7. looking is part of an attribute. 8. lying is an adverbial modifier of time. 9. having eaten is an adverbial modifier of reason. 10. driving is part of an adverbial modifier of time. 11. eating is part of an adverbial modifier of attending circumstances. 12. eating and drinking are part of an adverbial modifier of time. 13. trying is part of an adverbial modifier of manner. 14. saying is an attribute. 15.Aodmgispart of an adverbial modifier of manner; thinking is an adverbial modifier of attending circumstances. 16. living is part of an attribute. 17. tryingis part of an adverbial modifier of manner. 18. bending is part of an adverbial modifier of manner.

Ex. 125, p. 502

1. Looking out of the window, she saw there was a man workingin the garden. 2. That night, going up to his room Shelton thought of his unpleasant duty. 3. Descending to the hall, he came on Mr. Dennant crossing to his study, with a handful of official-looking papers. 4. The carriage was almost full, and putting his bag up in the rack, he took his seat. 5. Knowing that she couldnt trust Jim, she sent Peter instead. 6. Having done all that was

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7)

PAGE187

required, he was the last to leave the office. 7. Having returned/ returning home in the afternoon, she became conscious of her mistake. 8. He couldnt join his friends being still busy in the laboratory. 9. Having finished his work, he seemed more pleased than usual. 10. Stepping inside, he found himself in what had once been a sort of office. 11. He left the room again, closing the door behind him with a bang. 12. I spent about ten minutes turning over the sixteen pages of "The Times" before I found the chief news and articles. 13. Turning to the main street, he ran into Donald and Mary returning f гота school. 14. Having returned from the expedition, he wrote a book about Central Africa. 15. Gerringout of bed, she ranio the window and drew the curtain aside. 16. Being confused by his joke, she blushed. 17. Having been informed/being informed of their arrival the day before, he was better prepared to meet them than anyone of us. 18. Sir Henry paused and then said, glancing down at his watch, "Edwards arriving by the 12.15."

Ex. 126, p. 503

1. Look out/Be careful when crossing the street. 2. Having written the composition, she began doing another assignment. 3. Students not giving enough attention to grammar will never master English. 4. We got in the garden, talking about our cruise along the Volga. 5. Running down the stairs, she stopped for a moment, as if hesitating, which way to go. 6. Having explained everything in detail, he calmly took his seat. 7. Finding herself alone in the street, she immediately felt sorry about what had happened. 8. Picking up her son, Eliza ran. 9. The young man standing by the window looked at me closely. 10. Having seen their son off, they were slowly walking back from the railway station. 11. East End theatres often stage/produce/put on plays touching upon/dealing with various contemporary problems. 12. A drowning man grasps at a straw. 13. Mother had to get up and down a good deal, changing the plates and fetching dishes. 14. Noticing me, she stopped.

Ex. 127, p. 503

1. the visitor walking backwards and forwards; him talking; 2. Shelton standing; 3. his irritation mounting; 4. Dora reading; 5. them going; 6. her walking; 7. Charles sitting; 8. herself wondering; 9. her face looking; 10. him handing; 11. the bridge

PAGE188 Grammar Exercises

shaking; 12. somebody opening; 13. groups walking; 14. moisture shining; 15. the doors being opened.

Translation

1-Я слышал, как посетитель беспокойно ходит взад и вперед. И еще слышал, как он сам с собой разговаривает. 2. Она обернулась и увидела, что там, внизу, стоит Шелтон. 3. Он чувствовал, как в нем закипает раздражение. 4. Он наглел Дору в спальне; она читала роман. 5. Они, потешаясь, смотрели, каг те уходят. 6. Мы слышали, как она идет по лестнице, находя щейся рядом с подвалом. 7. В эту минуту я заметил Чарльза, сидевшего чуть поодаль в вестибюле. 8. Впервые она поймал себя на мыслях о том, что с ним стало. 9. Луна полностъ; вышла из-за туч, и он поразился, внезапно увидев ее обращенное к нему лицо. 10. Вы всегда можете увидеть, как он во время чаепития разносит хлеб и масло. 11. Он почувствовал, как у него под ногами шатается мост. 12. Затем в глубоком безмолвии ночи он услышал, как кто-то тихонько открывает дверь. 13. Он смотрел на стайки идущих парами под ручку девушек. 14. Соме поднял руку ко лбу, и она вдруг заметила, что лоб его блестит от испарины. 15. Изучая эти бумаги, я услышал, как кто-то открывает двери, ведущие в главны коридор.

Ex. 128, р. 504

1. A moment later they heard her bedroom door shut with bang. 2. Ive never heard your canary singing. Is there anythin the matter with the bird? 3. Would you like me to make you lunc# or have you had some? 4.1 want you to explain the disappointment we had this morning. 5. She watched him passing the gate an? walking down the street. 6. Through the chink in the shutters she watched EmmapicAmgcherriesin the orchard. 7. The captain said something which made them laugh, he didnt hear what it was. 8. They had their own pattern of life and expected me to fit in. 9. You can see him working in his little garden every day. 10. She had never heard philosophy passing/pass those lips before. 11.1 saw himpur his suitcase right here. 12. During that moment Miss Pembroke told a lie, and made Rickie believe it was the truth. 13. Together they watched the old oak dropping its leaves. 14. He found them sitting together and talking peacefully. They didnt notice him approaching. 15. He felt the water

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7}

reaching/reach his knees. 16. She felt her voice trembling and tried to control herself. 17. We saw him open/opening the envelope and read/reading something hastily. 18. I saw him unfolding the telegram slowly and hesitatingly as though he expected it to contain some bad news. 19. He heard the young people singing and shouting from the opposite bank. 20. She watched him working for a long time.

Ex. 129, p. 504

3. candle in hand; 7. his eyes on Dixon; 8. her hands by her sides, the sheet up to her chin; 9. the strain of indecision over; 10. his shilling in his pocket; 12. dinner over.

1. Она опустилась на стул и сидела, нервно сжимая и разжимая (свои) тонкие пальцы. 2. После того как дверь открылась и Вантер достал электрический фонарик, они вошли в широкий коридор с каменными стенами. 3. Держа в руке свечу, миссис Бэдл обошла комнату, показывая все ее красоты. 4. «Ты не уважаешь меня», — дрожащим голосом сказала Дора. 5. Они вместе побежали по дороге; на бегу Мор по-прежнему продолжал крепко держать ее под руку. 6. Мимо шли люди, натянув шапки на уши и подняв воротники. 7. Прежде чем двинуться с места, Бертранд пристально посмотрел на Диксона и сказал: «Ведь это совершенно ясно, не так ли?» 8. Констанция, укрытая до подбородка простыней, лежала как статуя; руки ее были вытянуты вдоль тела, а неподвижный взгляд устремлен в потолок. 9. Теперь, когда он наконец решился и напряжение спало, он чувствовал себя как выздоравливающий после болезни. 10. Четыре секунды спустя Диксон выходил из гостиницы на залитую солнцем улицу, и в кармане у него лежал заработанный шиллинг. 11. В другой раз, когда мы шли по Ферн-Бэй, возвращаясь с долгой экскурсии, и всем нам хотелось пить, потому что день был жаркий, она предложила зайти в «Дельфин» и выпить по кружке пива. 12. После обеда Кэрри зашла в ванную, где ей никто не мог помешать, и написала коротенькую записку. 13. После того как раненому ампутировали ногу, не осталось сомнений, что он скоро поправится. 14. Голоса затихли вдали, и Джеймс остался один; уши его стояли торчком, как у зайца, а сердце сжимал страх.

190 Grammar Exercises

Ex. 130, p. 505

1. She heard her father walking up and down the terrace. 2. Strictly speaking, it isnt quite what I had in mind. 3. Tom saw something moving quickly in the water. 4. Coming home he saw that he was unwelcome/that he hadnt been expected. 5. The cold rays of the setting sun lit up the tops of the trees. 6. He noticed that he was being followed and realizing that decided to change his route. 7. One could hear music playing somewhere in the distance. 8. Judging by the tenderness with which she is looking at him, she likes him. 9. Seeing that there were storm clouds in the sky, we decided to put off the walk. 10. Reaching the middle of the bridge, I felt it shaking. 11. One could hear the sick man moaning with pain. 12. Hearing footsteps on the deserted street, she became apprehensive. 13. Trying to conceal her embarrassment, she began telling something hastily to her companion. 14. Going out into the garden, Isaw that the children were playing peacefully as though nothing had happened. 15.1 watched him reading the letter attentively. 16. Generally speaking, I have no time to listen to her absurd stories.

Ex. 131, p. 506

li We were tired and thirsty, having been on the road since . eight oclock in the morning, and it was a hot day. 2. One day towards evening when sitting in front of their cottages, the old people caught sight of a young girl with a bundle in her hand. 3. The lady was waiting for her sister arriving by the 7.30 train. 4.1 hailed the first taxi passing by and reached the station at ten minutes to three. 5. One morning, looking out of the window, Johnny saw in his neighbours orchard a great number of fine red apples which had fallen from the trees. 6. "VillainI" cried he, running down to him. 7. "Oh, sir," said the poor boy trembling with fear, "it isnt my fault." 8. "May I come in?" she said pushing the door a little wider open. 9. "Im late," she remarked, sitting down and drawing off her gloves.

10. Here and there were signs that the flower-beds had been trampled upon by excited villagers trying to reach the windows.

11. Not knowing the way to the station he often stopped to ask people who were passing by. 12. He looked like an African savage being shown a simple conjuring trick. 13. The old woman told me with pride that the healthy-looking child playing beside us was her grandson. 14. She returned presently bringing a

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7) PAGE191

tray with a jug of milk. 15. The path leading through the coppice soon got lost in the high grass.

Ex. 132, p. 506

1. A middle-aged woman, who was wearing a print apron, stood at the door of the cottage. 2. She looked down at the floor as though she saw something there. 3. When Jacob arrived at the house in Malta Street on a sunny afternoon, he found that it had been deserted. 4. A snake that is sleeping in the grass will bite if anyone treads upon it. 5. When she was seven, she often wore her favourite brown velvet frock barely reaching the knees of her thin legs. 6. Suddenly, as he was watching the fear she was trying to hide, he believed her story. 7. The golden light that was still lying in sheets upon the water dazzled Nan for a moment. 8. I felt a bitter envy towards the two small boys who were walking along the path with their mother at that moment. 9. Its an old face for twenty-five, Jan thought, as she watched the wrinkles that fanned out from eyes to temples. 10. As Jim was not sure of her real intentions, he merely looked at her and paused for a moment.

11. After he had satisfied himself that each guest had a plate of food and a glass of water, he was anxious to make conversation.

12. When he returned home late at night, he found everybody in bed. 13. As soon as he reached the top of the hill, my companion stopped. 14. After he had filled his pockets with apples, the boy was about to run away when he saw the owner of the garden with a stick in his hand. 15. The letter that began with "Dear sir" was not signed. 16. After I had addressed and sealed the parcel, I went out at once to the Main Post Office.

Ex. 133, p. 507

1. It was some time before the man working in the garden noticed me. 2. The tall man turned out to be an engineer who had worked at this factory a few years before. 3. The boy who had been selling newspapers was no longer to be seen. 4. The girl selling flowers nearby reminded me of Eliza Doolittle. Evidently I was inclined to see in England what I had once read about it. 5. The villagers who had seen the girl that morning said that she had been walking towards the far end of the village where the river was. 6. All those who have read this writers humourous stories cant help admiring them/cant keep from admiring them/ cant help but admire them. 7. The students who have read this

192 Grammar Exercises

essay say that its difficult to translate. 8. My friend who has travelled to the Panama Canal tells a lot of interesting things about this voyage. 9. The tourists who visited The Fine Arts Museum at the same time as me were voicing their admiration. 10. At last the young man that had been reading a magazine looked up at me/raised his head and looked at me. 11. The man that had been asking the way to Waterloo Bridge suddenly disappeared. 12. The face of the young worker asking me where I had come from seemed familiar. I had definitely ieen him somewhere before. 13. He noticed that the elderly gentleman staring at him was giving him mysterious signs. 14. The man who had brought a letter from Arthur wanted to talk to her in private. 15. They often thought about their friends working in the Far East. 16. Our friends who worked in the Far East have returned to Moscow. 17. Mickey, translating a difficult article, didnt even look up at me. 18. Micky, who has translated this article, says that we must read it in the original.

Ex. 134, p. 508

1. well-known is a predicative. 2. separated is an attribute. 3. frightened is an attribute. 4. known is a predicative.

5. frightened is a predicative. 6. thrust is part of an adverbial modifier of attending circumstances. 7. situated is an attribute.

8. exhausted is part of an adverbial modifier of reason.

9. unnoticed is an adverbial modifier of manner. 10. fallen is an attribute. 11. seen is part of an adverbial modifier of time (when seen) or condition (if seen). 12. accompanied is part of an adverbial modifier of manner. 13. made is part of an attribute. 14. tired is a predicative. 15. locked is part of an adverbial modifier of time. 16. shut is part of an adverbial modifier of attending circumstances. 17. looked at is part of an adverbial modifier of condition.

Ex. 135, p. 508

1. By a residential college we mean a college with a hostel usually situated on the same grounds as the principal building. 2. The slogan made by Mikes brother attracted everybodys attention. 3. The child left alone in the large room began to scream. 4.1 have a letter for you received two days ago. 5. They were all pleased with the results achieved by the end of the month.

6. His words uttered in an undertone, reached my ears. 7. He said

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7) PAGE193

that the book chosen by me belonged to his grandfather. 8.1 asked the librarian to show me the magazines sent from the German Democratic Republic. 9. Everybody felt that in the farewell dinner there was sadness mingled with festivity. 10. We were all looking at his smiling face framed in the window of the railway-carriage. 11. There was another pause broken by a fit of laughing of one of the old men sitting in the first row. 12. There lay a loaf of brown bread divided into two halves. 13. The English people love their green hedges covered with leaf and flower in summer, and a blaze of gold and red in autumn. 14. From his essay we learn about various goods produced in Birmingham and the adjoining manufacturing towns. 15. In the South of England we find fertile valleys divided by numerous hedges. 16. Tennis is one of the most popular games in England played all the year round. 20. They say that in their college as well as in ours, the students have lots of exams held at the end of each term.

. Ex. 136, p. 509

An illustrated magazine; a magazine illustrated by a famous artist; broken glass; the glass broken the day before; a broken pencil; a branch broken by the wind; excited voices; the children excited by the incident; the lost key; the key lost yesterday; (the) newspapers received from London; a letter written in an unfamiliar hand; a closed door; a door locked on the inside; a girl invited to the party; a fallen tree; a book fallen from the table; stolen documents; the documents stolen from the secretary; a finished composition; a composition finished in haste; a/the boy frightened by a/the dog; a highly developed industrial country.

Ex. 137, p. 510

1. his luggage sent; 2. your carpets cleaned; 3. your watch repaired; 4. it done; 5. our photos taken; 6. the rooms dusted; 7. my nails polished; 8. a new dress made; 9. the ceiling whitewashed; 10. thedoor locked; 11.the table cleared; the bread collected; 12. his name called.

Translation

1. Он распорядился, чтобы его багаж отвезли на вокзал. 2. Как часто вы отдаете ковры в чистку? 3. Вам отремонтировали часы? 4. Я хочу, чтобы это было сделано как можно скорее. 5. Мы решили сфотографироваться после того, как еда

194 Grammar Exercises

димпоследнийэкзамен. 6. Сделай так, чтобы к тому времени, когда они приедут, комнаты проветрили и вытерли в них пыль. 7. Мне еще не сделали маникюр. 8. Мне шьют новое платье. 9. Он считал, что нужно нанять маляра, чтобы побелить потолок. 10.Они обнаружили,что дверь заперта. И.МиссисМуни наблюдала за тем, как убирают стол и собирают недоеденный хлеб. 12. Он услышал, как кто-то окликнул его сзади.

REVISION EXERCISES ON THE VERBALS

Ex. 138, p. 510

1. Subject. 2-6. Predicative. 7-10. Part of a compound verbal aspect predicate. 11-13. Part of a compound verbal modal predicate. 14-17. Object. 18. Attribute. 19. to find is part of a compound verbal modal predicate and to ask is an attribute. 20-22. Attribute. 23. Adverbial modifier of purpose. 24—25. Adverbial modifier of result.

Translation

1. Здоровая жизнь за городом пошла им на пользу. 2. Для него было огромным счастьем узнать/Он почувствовал себя совершенно счастливым, когда узнал, что ее взгляды полностью совпадают с его. 3. Для него было истинным удовольствием/ радостью доставлять радость/удовольствие другим. 4. Она не привыкла приказывать: вместо этого жизнь приучила ее спрашивать позволения. 5. Его самым заветным желанием было иметь сына. 6. Первым делом он пошел к портному, которого порекомендовал ему Гловер. 7. Взволнованный предстоящим визитом Маргарет, он начал обдумывать, как ее примет. 8. Вежливо прощаясь, вся компания начала медленно перемещаться к двери. 9. Поезд начал замедлять скорость/притор-мажив; гь. *0, вот мы и в Оксфорде», — ск!зал он. 10. Мы частенько играли в саду за домом. 11. Теперь ты можешь делать все, что (за)хочешь/что заблагорассудится. 12. Но ей пришлось опять обернуться; приближался ее отец. 13. Послушай, Гилберт, мне надо с тобой серьезно поговорить. 14. Диксон попытался подавить раздражение. 15. Он попросил нас не двигаться с места. 16. Он научил сына плавать. 17. Мэри предупредила нас, чтобы мы не опаздывали. 18. Мое милое дитя, такие вещи не могут быть предметом для шуток. 19. «Как же

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb (Units 6—7) PAGE195

мне найти этот дом? — подумал он. — Ведь спросить-то неко– 1 го». 20. Именно это и нужно делать. 21. Мне нужна ручка, чтобы (было чем) писать. 22. «Я не хочу есть*, — сказала Фе-лисити. 23. А Уильяме уехал в Лондон, чтобы начать новую жизнь. 24. Он открыл глаза слишком поздно и не увидел, как в коридоре ненадолго зажегся свет/как в спальню на мгновение проник и тут же погас луч света. 25. Жаль, что я недостаточно молод, чтобы помочь тебе.

Ex. 140, р. 511

1. Не was so young, so gay, he laughed so merrily at other peoples jokes thatno one could help liking him. 2. Yalta is a nice town to live in. 3. He was on the point of quarrelling with her. 4.1 want you to help me (to) pack this suitcase. 5.1 should love to go to the party with you; I hate going/to go out alone. 6. Dont forget to put the book in the right place. 7.1 forgot putting the book on the top shelf and spent half an hour or so on looking for it. 8. She told me how to make clothes last longer. 9. Mother says she often has occasion to complain of him/his coming late. 10. In doing the exercise you should carefully study the examples. 11. You must encourage him to start taking more exercise. 12. Bob was greatly ashamed of having been beaten in class by a smaller boy. 13. I looked around me, but there was no chair to sit on. 14. We heard him come back today. 15. She couldnt bear the thought of him/ his staying alone.16. Are you going to keep me waiting all day? 17. He pushed the door with his toe putting the suitcases down. 18.1 should have gone to fetch the doctor instead of remaining wherel was. 19. Oh, Robert, dearest, its not a thing to joke about. Ive so loved being with you. Ill miss you more than anyone. 20. His first impulse was to turn back, but he suppressed it and walked in boldly. 21. "Imsorry, Margaret," he said, "Im too old to start playing hide-and-seek with schoolgirls."

Ex. 141, p. 512

1. Do you prefer to cook/cooking yourself or to have/having lunch at the University canteen/cafeteria? 2. A fast recovery is impossible (Its impossible to recover fast/You cant get well quickly) without taking the medicine regularly. 3. I advise you to stop worrying about the child. He is already out of danger. 4. Everybody liked the idea of celebrating Johns birthday in the country. 5. We decided to take a walk before going to bed. 6. The

196 Grammar Exerdses

boy was afraid of coming home in such a mess. It was clear that he deserved punishment/to be punished. 7. She was not used to getting presents and was surprised to see/at seeing magnificent roses on the table. 8. You shouldnt have insisted on being told about it. 9. This alone was enough to make it worthwhile coming back home. 10. We couldnt help smiling/keep from smiling/ resist smiling at the childs serious air. 11. Besides being a first-class actor he is also an experienced director. 12.1 dont remember him/his ever wishing me a happy birthday. 13. Why did you let the patient go without testing/taking his blood pressure? 14. I intend taking/to take part in the University chess competition. 15. My companion/fellow-passenger thanked me for looking after her luggage. 16. I am keen on swimming/I like swimming very much/I am very fond of swimming and never miss a chance of having/taking a dip. 17. After the unpleasant scene she avoided being seen in public. 18. Would you mind me/my putting another piece of the pie on your plate? 19. We couldnt even dream of obtaining tickets for/of attending the first night of this performance.

Ex. 142, p. 512

1. Noun. 2. stooping is a gerund and dancing is a participle. 3. Participle. 4. Gerund. 5—8. Participles. 9. Gerund. 10. Participle. 11. remarking is a participle and leaving is a gerund. 12. depending and eating are participles and standing is a noun. 13—14. Nouns. 15. Gerund. 16. Noun.

СОДЕРЖАНИЕ

Предисловие

4

Essential Course

5

Unit One

5

Unit Two

12

Unit Three

17

Unit Four

20

Unit Five

26

Unit Six

31

Unit Seven

37

Unit Eight

44

Unit Nine

50

Grammar Exercises

56

The indicative Mood

62

The Subjunctive Mood and The Conditional Mood

64

Modal Verbs

67

Non-Finite Forms of the Verb

80

note 2 he was always the first to wake up in the morning. 2. we

Note1

1

Note2

1

Content

Аракин Владимир Дмитриевич и др Практический курс английского языка 2 курс. Ключи

Note1